unfoldingWord_en_tn/tn_1KI.tsv

424 KiB
Raw Blame History

1ReferenceIDTagsSupportReferenceQuoteOccurrenceNote
2front:introh5yn0# Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Kings\n\n1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:12:46)\n1. Solomon reigns (3:111:43)\n * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:14:43)\n * Solomons temple (5:18:66)\n * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:111:43)\n1. The kingdom divides (12:114:31)\n * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:124)\n * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:2533)\n * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:114:20)\n * Rehoboams end (14:2131)\n1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:122:53)\n * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:124)\n * Nadab in Israel (15:2532)\n * Baasha in Israel (15:3316:7)\n * Elah in Israel (16:814)\n * Zimri in Israel (16:1522)\n * Omri in Israel (16:2328)\n * Ahab in Israel (16:2922:40)\n * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:4150)\n * Ahaziah in Israel (22:5153)\n\n### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?\n\nThese books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.\n\nIn the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 2223](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.\n\nThe Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?\n\nThese books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?\n\nIn the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.\n\n### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?\n\nThe writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?\n\nThe Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
31:introv4960# 1 Kings 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:12:46)\n * Abishag begins to take care of King David (1:14)\n * Adonijah claims to be the next king (1:510)\n * Nathan advises Bathsheba on how to respond (1:1114)\n * Bathsheba and Nathan inform King David about Adonijah (1:1527)\n * King David responds by appointing Solomon as the next king (1:2837)\n * Solomon is proclaimed as the next king (1:3840)\n * Jonathan informs Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them about Solomon (1:4148)\n * Solomon has mercy on Adonijah (1:4953)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The next king\n\nIt was customary in this culture for a king, when he became old or died, to be succeeded as king by one of his sons. King David had many sons with many different wives, and he had not indicated which son would be king after him. So, Adonijah, one of the oldest sons, decided that he wanted to be king. He invited many important people to a feast, and they all agreed that he should be the next king. However, some other important people went to King David and asked him to make Solomon, one of Adonijahs younger brothers, the next king. When David agreed to do this, everyone who agreed that Adonijah should be the next king ran away and no longer supported him. Be sure that your readers understand that the narrative of this chapter is about who will be the next king after King David.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Symbolic actions\n\nIn this chapter, people perform several different kinds of actions that had special significance in their culture. When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person has power and authority. When people bow or prostrate themselves before someone else, it indicates that they are honoring and giving respect to that person. When someone is anointed with oil, it indicates that this person is being commissioned to accomplish a specific task or fill a specific role. If the significance of these actions would be misunderstood in your culture, you state their meaning explicitly in your translation. See the notes on the verses that describe these actions for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations with individual people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
41:1ji2src://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesוְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ1Here, the word **Now** introduces something that happened sometime after the events narrated at the end of the previous book (see [2 Samuel 24:125](../2sa/24/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a later event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on, the king”
51:1b43prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletזָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים1The phrases **was old** and **came into the days** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “was extremely old”
61:1r7r4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomבָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים1Here, the phrase **he came into the days** indicates that David had lived very many **days**, so he was extremely old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was advanced in age” or “he had lived a long time”
71:1pwg1rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsוַ⁠יְכַסֻּ֨⁠הוּ֙1The pronoun **they** refers to Davids servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “and his attendants covered him”
81:1nlytוְ⁠לֹ֥א יִחַ֖ם לֽ⁠וֹ1Alternate translation: “but he could not keep warm”
91:2xp8frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitעֲבָדָ֗י⁠ו1Here, the word **servants** could refer to: (1) important officials or attendants in Davids court. Alternate translation: “his courtiers” or “his advisors” (1) attendants, perhaps the same people mentioned in the previous verse who tried to keep David warm. Alternate translation: “his attendants”
101:2qgvprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֧אמְרוּ ל֣⁠וֹ עֲבָדָ֗י⁠ו יְבַקְשׁ֞וּ לַ⁠אדֹנִ֤⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ נַעֲרָ֣ה בְתוּלָ֔ה וְ⁠עָֽמְדָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וּ⁠תְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ סֹכֶ֑נֶת וְ⁠שָׁכְבָ֣ה בְ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠חַ֖ם לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ׃\n1It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “And his servants asked him if people could seek for him, the king, a young woman, a virgin, so that she could stand to his face. They told him that she would be one who is useful for him, and she would lie in his bosom, and it would be warm for him, the king”
111:2d6birc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsיְבַקְשׁ֞וּ1The pronoun **They** refers to the people whom the **servants** sent to seek for the young woman. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to an indefinite group of people. Alternate translation: “Certain people are seeking”
121:2h7l7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personלַ⁠אדֹנִ֤⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ & לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & ל֖⁠וֹ & לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ1These **servants** addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “for you, my great king, … to your face … for you … for you, my great king”\n
131:2og7brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוְ⁠עָֽמְדָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י1Here the servants speak of how the young woman will always serve the king as if she would **stand to the face of the king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she will always be ready to serve”
141:2v3bwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוְ⁠שָׁכְבָ֣ה בְ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ1Here the servants imply that the young woman will sleep in Davids bed with him and will physically touch him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and she will lie down in your arms” or “she will hug you as you sleep”
151:2ajpiוְ⁠חַ֖ם לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ1Alternate translation: “and she will keep my lord the king warm”
161:3f51xrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsוַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙ & וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֗וּ & וַ⁠יָּבִ֥אוּ1The pronoun **they** throughout this verse could refer to: (1) the people whom the servants were speaking about in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And certain people sought … And they found … and they brought” (2) the servants who were speaking in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And those servants sought … And they found … and they brought”
171:3jj8hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleבְּ⁠כֹ֖ל גְּב֣וּל יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל1The author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in most of the territory of Israel”
181:3pts5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesאֲבִישַׁג֙1The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman.
191:3lg2hrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesהַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית1The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. Alternate translation: “from Shunem”
201:4xn7rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsיָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “was abundantly beautiful”
211:4iqxrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomיָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד1Here, the phrase **as far as abundance** indicates that Abishag was extremely **beautiful**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was very beautiful”
221:4wexyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismוְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ לֹ֥א יְדָעָֽ⁠הּ1The author is referring to having sex in a polite way by using the word **know**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “but the king did not sleep with her” or “but the king did not have sexual relations with her”\n
231:5-6r96crc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeוַ⁠אֲדֹנִיָּ֧ה בֶן־חַגִּ֛ית מִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ ל֗⁠וֹ רֶ֚כֶב וּ⁠פָ֣רָשִׁ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו & וְ⁠לֹֽא־עֲצָב֨⁠וֹ אָבִ֤י⁠ו מִ⁠יָּמָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ וְ⁠גַם־ה֤וּא טֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם1If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:5](../01/05.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to give the background information about Adonijah before stating what he did. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah was the son of Haggith. She had borne him after Absalom, and he was very good of form. His father had not pained him from his days, saying, Why have you done so? He lifted himself up, saying, I, myself, will reign. And he made for himself a chariot and horsemen and 50 men running to his face.”\n
241:5j538rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesחַגִּ֛ית1The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of Davids wives.
251:5uqt7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorמִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א1He the author speaks of how **Adonijah** began to take power and demand honor as if he were literally lifting himself up in the air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “exalted himself” or “began to take honor and power”
261:5oxnmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he himself would reign”
271:5gxh9rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsרֶ֚כֶב1Here, the word translated **chariot** could: (1) refer to one **chariot** that Adonijah rode in. Alternate translation: “one chariot” (2) refer to multiple chariots using a singular form. Alternate translation: “chariots”
281:5u44yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו1Here the author implies that these **50 men** were a special guard who escorted Adonijah when he went anywhere. They **ran** along with the chariot that he rode in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and 50 men who ran with him as his guard” or “and a special group of 50 men who ran with him to honor and protect him”
291:6wpj5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוְ⁠לֹֽא־עֲצָב֨⁠וֹ אָבִ֤י⁠ו1Here the author speaks of how David could have confronted or rebuked Adonijah as if it were paining him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And his father did not confront him” or “And his father did not discipline him”
301:6pyhqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomמִ⁠יָּמָי⁠ו֙1Here, the phrase **from his days** refers to all of Adonijahs life up to this point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during his life up to this point” or “ever”
311:6v46erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking why he had done something.”
321:6eh22rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionמַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ1The author illustrates how David might used the question form to rebuke Adonijah. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know that you should not have done so.” or “You should not have done so!”
331:6baehrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionטֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד1Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a **form** that is **good**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “had a very good form”
341:6g811rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם1Here the author implies that Adonijahs mother, Haggith, **had borne** Adonijah after Absaloms mother bore him. In other words, Adonijah was the next youngest son of David after **Absalom**. However, Adonijah and Absalom did not have the same mother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and Haggith had borne him after Absaloms mother had borne Absalom” or “and he was the son of David who was born after Absalom was born”
351:7yk92rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomוַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ דְבָרָ֔י⁠ו1Here, the phrase **his words were with** indicates that Adonijah discussed his plans with **Joab** and **Abiathar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he conspired” or “And he discussed his plans”
361:7lla5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesצְרוּיָ֔ה1The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was Davids sister.
371:7a99rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַֽ⁠יַּעְזְר֔וּ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֲדֹנִיָּֽה1Here the author implies that **Joab** and **Abiathar** supported Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they supported and helped Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “And they backed Adonijah as the next king”
381:8sj3wrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesוְ⁠רֵעִ֔י1The word **Rei** is the name of a man.
391:8uqjpאֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠דָוִ֑ד1Alternate translation: “who served David”
401:8ernvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitלֹ֥א הָי֖וּ עִם־אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ1Here the author implies that these people did not support Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did not support and help Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “did not back Adonijah as the next king”
411:9spdirc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsוּ⁠מְרִ֔יא1In this verse, the word **fatling** is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings”\n
421:9k2ubrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownוּ⁠מְרִ֔יא1Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”
431:9lp17rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesאֶ֣בֶן הַזֹּחֶ֔לֶת1The word **Zoheleth** is the name of a specific **stone** that was somewhere near Jerusalem.
441:9xh7grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesעֵ֣ין רֹגֵ֑ל1The phrase **En Rogel** is the name of a spring that was in a valley near Jerusalem. The word **En** means “spring.”\n
451:9q3zvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleאֶת־כָּל־אֶחָי⁠ו֙ & וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־אַנְשֵׁ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה1As the following verse makes clear, the author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost all of his brothers … and to almost all the men of Judah”
461:10lek3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipשְׁלֹמֹ֥ה אָחִ֖י⁠ו1**Solomon** was the younger **brother** of Adonijah. Also, he had a different mother than Adonijah did, so he was Adonijahs half-brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “Solomon, his younger half-brother”
471:11bzi1rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked”
481:11l2v9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionהֲ⁠ל֣וֹא שָׁמַ֔עַתְּ כִּ֥י מָלַ֖ךְ אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגִּ֑ית וַ⁠אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ דָוִ֖ד לֹ֥א יָדָֽע1Nathan is using the question form to inform Bathsheba of something. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I tell you that Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know.” or “Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know!”
491:11ae8urc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesחַגִּ֑ית1The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of Davids wives.\n
501:11pb3prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitמָלַ֖ךְ1Here Nathan implies that **Adonijah** is trying to reign. Nathan believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king”
511:11cu6erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveוַ⁠אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ1By **our**, Nathan means himself, Bathsheba, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
521:12g4abrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorלְכִ֛י1Here Nathan speaks as if he wants Bathsheba to **come** to him. He means that she should listen to him and act with him. Alternate translation: “listen” or “trust me”
531:12ggsprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetryאִיעָצֵ֥⁠ךְ נָ֖א עֵצָ֑ה1Here, **let me advise you with advice** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
541:12dnmxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesוּ⁠מַלְּטִי֙1Here, the word **and** introduces the purpose for which Bathsheba should let Nathan **advise** her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that you may save”
551:12gg4xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsאֶת־נַפְשֵׁ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠אֶת־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בְּנֵ֖⁠ךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you and your son Solomon will live”
561:13yp71rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goלְכִ֞י וּ⁠בֹ֣אִי1In a context such as this, your language might say only **Go** or **come** instead of both **Go** and **come**. Alternate translation: “Go” or “Come”
571:13luydrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsוְ⁠אָמַ֤רְתְּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י וּ⁠מַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ1It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “and you shall ask him whether he, your master the king, has not sworn to you, his female servant, saying that surely Solomon your son would reign after him, and he would sit on his throne. And you will ask him Adonijah reigns.”
581:13v5dqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionהֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י1Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to remind David of what he had previously promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that you, my master the king, have sworn to your female servant, saying, Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’” or “Do not forget, my master the king, that you have sworn to your female servant, saying, Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne!”
591:13pg8nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personלַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙1Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba speak about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant”
601:13wiwhrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1If you keep the direct quotation here, consider natural ways of introducing it. Alternate translation: “when you said”
611:13d3rtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismכִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י1These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne”
621:13rwb6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”
631:13k3xwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionוּ⁠מַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ1Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to inform David of something that is contrary to what he already promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “However, I tell you that Adonijah reigns.” or “So, Adonijah the son of Haggith should not reign!”\n
641:13rtfqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitמָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ1Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should imply that Adonijah is trying to **reign**. Nathan and Bathsheba believe that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does Adonijah attempt to reign” or “does Adonijah want to make himself king”
651:14pesprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorהִנֵּ֗ה1Nathan is using the term **Behold** to draw attention to what he plans to do while Bathsheba is talking with David. Your language may have a comparable way of calling attention to this event that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Right away”
661:14p4uwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsוַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אָב֣וֹא1Nathan uses the word **myself** to emphasize how significant it will be that he will **come in**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “then I, yes I, will come in”
671:14jam0אַחֲרַ֔יִ⁠ךְ1Alternate translation: “after you do”
681:14c78src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוּ⁠מִלֵּאתִ֖י אֶת־דְּבָרָֽיִ⁠ךְ1Here Nathan speaks as if Bathshebas **words** were containers that were partly full and that he would **fill** them up completely. He means that he will confirm that what Bathsheba has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and will testify to the truth of your words” or “and confirm what you have said”
691:15r77rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureוַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חַ֔דְרָ⁠ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ זָקֵ֣ן מְאֹ֑ד וַֽ⁠אֲבִישַׁג֙ הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית מְשָׁרַ֖ת אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ1If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the background information before narrating what Bathsheba did. Alternate translation: “Now the king was very old, and Abishag the Shunammite was attending the king in his chamber. Then Bathsheba came to the king there”
701:15ylvkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went”
711:15r8hvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitהַ⁠חַ֔דְרָ⁠ה1Here, the word **chamber** refers to the private room in which the king slept. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the room in which he slept”
721:15b4tqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesוַֽ⁠אֲבִישַׁג֙1The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman. She has already been mentioned in [1:3](../01/03.md).\n
731:15aexdrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesהַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית1The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you expressed the idea in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “from Shunem”
741:16i62hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletוַ⁠תִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ1The terms **bowed** and **prostrated herself** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed very respectfully” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself to the ground”
751:16qt9drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠תִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ1In Bathshebas culture, when people **bowed** and **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself in respect” or “And Bathsheba, to honor him, bowed and prostrated herself”
761:16fo9frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מַה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “And the the king asked what was for her.”
771:16q1mtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomמַה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ1Here, the phrase **What is for you** means that the king wished to know what Bathsheba wanted to request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is your desire” or “What can I do for you”
781:17s7yxrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaאַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לַֽ⁠אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ1Here Bathsheba reminds David about how he swore an oath **by Yahweh your God** that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “you yourself swore before Yahweh your God to your female servant” or “you yourself solemnly promised Yahweh your God before your female servant”
791:17f3nwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsאַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ1Bathsheba uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how significant it was that David had made this promise. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “it was you who swore”
801:17n2c3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personלַֽ⁠אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ1Here Bathsheba speaks about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant,”\n
811:17zb0nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitבַּֽ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙1Here Bathsheba emphasizes that **Yahweh** is Davids **God**, but she implies that **Yahweh** is her **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh, your God and mine”
821:17ywl1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsאֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ & כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖⁠ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “your God that Solomon my son would surely reign after you, and he would sit on your throne.”
831:17wq00rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismכִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖⁠ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י1These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne”
841:17bt9trc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”\n
851:18jpi6וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה & וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה1Alternate translation: “And at this time … and at this time”
861:18c6z7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsהִנֵּ֥ה1Here, the word **behold** draws Davids attention and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I want to inform you of this:” or “please listen to me”\n
871:18lby1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitמָלָ֑ךְ1Here Bathsheba implies that Adonijah is trying to reign. Bathsheba believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king”
881:18m71qrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsוְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה1Many ancient manuscripts read **and now**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “and you.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
891:19vlqtrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsוּֽ⁠מְרִיא1In this verse, the word **fatling** is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings”
901:19hk1drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownוּֽ⁠מְרִיא1Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”\n
911:19u52nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsלָ⁠רֹב֒1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly”
921:19s7vzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleלְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ1As the end of the verse makes clear, Bathsheba says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king”
931:19dfntrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personהַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ1Here Bathsheba addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “of you, the king,”\n
941:20gosnוְ⁠אַתָּה֙1Alternate translation: “But as for you”
951:20zomprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsוְ⁠אַתָּה֙1Many ancient manuscripts read **And you**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “And now.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
961:20zlc4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheעֵינֵ֥י כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עָלֶ֑י⁠ךָ1Here, **eyes** represents attention and focus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the attention of all Israel is on you” or “all Israel is focusing on you”
971:20ux2prc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”\n
981:20ze0orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו1Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, after you”
991:21pu6xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personכִּ⁠שְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו1Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “as soon as you, my lord the king, lie down with your fathers”\n
1001:21jz9erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismכִּ⁠שְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו1Bathsheba is referring to Davids death in a polite way by using the phrase **lies down with his fathers**, which refers to being buried near ones ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as my master the king passes away” or “as soon as my lord the king dies and is buried with his fathers”\n
1011:21nvdvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheאֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו1Bathsheba is using **fathers** to represent Davids ancestors in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ancestors”
1021:21z8surc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsוְ⁠הָיִ֗יתִי אֲנִ֛י וּ⁠בְנִ֥⁠י שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה1Bathsheba uses the word **myself** to emphasize how concerned she is for her safety. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that, as for me, I and my son Solomon will be”
1031:21prc8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitחַטָּאִֽים1Here Bathsheba implies that whoever becomes king will treat her and Solomon as they had sinned against the new king. She means that the new king will punish them severely, perhaps by executing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “considered traitors” or “executed as sinners”
1041:22jcixrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה1Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audiences attention in another way. Alternate translation: “And listen” or “And right away”\n
1051:22cdpsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goבָּֽא1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
1061:23zyafrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsוַ⁠יַּגִּ֤ידוּ1The pronoun **they** refers to Davids servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “And the kings attendants told”\n
1071:23u17hrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
1081:23taxrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsהִנֵּ֖ה1Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Look”
1091:23v4kqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisנָתָ֣ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֑יא1The servants are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Nathan the prophet has come”
1101:23mzokrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ1Here the author implies that Bathsheba left the king before Nathan went to him (see [1:28](../01/28.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went away, and Nathan came before the face of the king”
1111:23tsg5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֧חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ עַל־אַפָּ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה1In Nathans culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Nathans **nostrils** were toward **the ground** to indicate that Nathan **prostrated** himself on **the ground**, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to the king in deep respect, with his nose touching the ground” or “and Nathan, to honor the king greatly, prostrated himself upon the ground”\n
1121:24uw9yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionאַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י1Nathan is using the question form to inform David that Adonijah is acting as if David named him the next king. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Adonijah is acting as if you yourself said, Adonijah will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’”
1131:24mhc4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsאַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “have you yourself said that Adonijah will reign after you and sit on your throne”
1141:24lm0krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismאֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י1These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Adonijah will reign from my throne”
1151:24vmf5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”\n
1161:25jkrdrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultכִּ֣י1Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Nathan asks David if he has appointed Adonijah as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I ask because” or “Here is why I ask that:”
1171:25k2ilrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitיָרַ֣ד הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם1Here, Nathan implies that Adonijah **has gone down** to the area near En Rogel (see [1:9](../01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he has gone down today to the area near En Rogel”
1181:25a8slrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goיָרַ֣ד1In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “he has come down”
1191:25ktj5rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsשׁ֥וֹר וּֽ⁠מְרִיא1In this verse, the words **ox** and **fatling** are singular in form, but they refer to many oxen and fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “oxen and fatlings”
1201:25y76yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownוּֽ⁠מְרִיא1Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”
1211:25me77rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsלָ⁠רֹב֒1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly”
1221:25skc2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleלְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ1As the context makes clear, Nathan says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king”
1231:25yg1frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personהַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ1Here Nathan addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king,”
1241:25unrgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנָּ֛⁠ם1Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “And listen, they” or “And hear this: they”
1251:25xm46rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ1If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And they wish that king Adonijah would live”
1261:25reglrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politenessיְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ1Here, the phrase **Let the king Adonijah live** is a polite way to wish that Adonijah will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Adonijah will have a long life” or “We wish the king Adonijah well”
1271:26khldאֲנִֽי־עַ֠בְדֶּ⁠ךָ & וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖1Alternate translation: “I who serve you … and to Solomon, who serves you”
1281:27pruwאִ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וְ⁠לֹ֤א הוֹדַ֨עְתָּ֙ אֶֽת־עבדי⁠ך מִ֗י יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו1This sentence could be translated: (1) in question form. See the UST. (2) in conditional form. Alternate translation: “If this matter has been done from with my lord the king, then you have not caused your servants to know who will sit on the throne of my lord the king after him.”
1291:27pvgkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveמֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my lord the king done this matter”
1301:27b3wqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו1Here Nathan addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, … you, my lord the king, after you”\n
1311:27ckp4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsאֶֽת־עבדי⁠ך1Jewish scribes instructed synagogue readers to say “servant” when they got to the word translated **servants**. In that case, the word refers only to Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
1321:27s1tlrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”\n
1331:28vs19rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysוַ⁠יַּ֨עַן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ דָּוִד֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר1The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king David answered him by saying” or “And the king David said”
1341:28dkzbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר1Here, the author implies that **David** spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and said to some of his attendants”
1351:28g68vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoוַ⁠תָּבֹא֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ1This sentence contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the sentence. Alternate translation: “And she came and stood to the face of the king”
1361:28qjq7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠תָּבֹא֙1Here the author implies that Nathan left the king before Bathsheba came back in (see [1:32](../01/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Nathan went away, and Bathsheba came”
1371:28i7hbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠תָּבֹא֙1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And she went”
1381:29i97zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysוַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֥ע הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר1The two words **swore** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king swore to her by saying” or “And the king swore”\n
1391:29wkkyrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaחַי־יְהוָ֕ה1Here David makes an oath that he will do what he promises in the following verse. He is indicating that Bathsheba can rely on his promise as much as she can rely on the fact that **Yahweh** is **alive**. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “As certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “You can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive”
1401:29nn4mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorאֲשֶׁר־פָּדָ֥ה אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִ⁠כָּל־צָרָֽה1Here David speaks of how God has rescued him from **every distress** as if God had **ransomed** his **life** from the **distress**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has saved my life in every distress”\n
1411:29ipvdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsנַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִ⁠כָּל־צָרָֽה1If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **life** and **distress**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “me whenever anything distressed me”
1421:30g1w1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisכִּ֡י1David is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that”
1431:30xg17rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaנִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי לָ֜⁠ךְ בַּ⁠יהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙1Here David refers to how he swore an oath by **Yahweh the God of Israel** that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I have sworn before Yahweh the God of Israel to you” or “I have solemnly promised Yahweh the God of Israel in your presence”\n
1441:30yfnkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י כִּ֛י1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that Solomon your son would surely reign after me and that he would sit on my throne in place, surely”
1451:30pys0rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “which I did when I said”
1461:30k52yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismיִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י1These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne in my place” or “will reign from my throne in my place”\n
1471:30gmahrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י1When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule in my place” or “will sit on my throne as king in my place”\n
1481:31nt1nrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠תִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ1In Bathshebas culture, when people **bowed** and **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Bathshebas **nostrils** were **to the ground** to indicate that Bathsheba lay down with her face on the ground, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself to the king in deep respect, with her nose touching the ground” or “And Bathsheba, to honor the king greatly, bowed and prostrated herself upon the ground”
1491:31uodjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismוַ⁠תִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ1The phrases **bowed, nostrils to the ground** and **prostrated herself** mean similar things. The author is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed, nostrils to the ground, very respectfully to the king” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself, nostrils to the ground, to the king”
1501:31rdz6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politenessיְחִ֗י אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד לְ⁠עֹלָֽם1Here, the phrase **May my lord the king David live to eternity** is a polite way to wish that David will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I hope that my lord the king David will have a long life” or “I wish my lord the king David well”\n
1511:31njpxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֲדֹנִ֛⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד1Here Bathsheba addresses **king David** in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king David,”\n
1521:31zu8frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsלְ⁠עֹלָֽם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **eternity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally” or “forever”
1531:32c0qprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִ֗ד1Here, the author implies that David spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king David said to some of his attendants”
1541:32yclmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And they went”
1551:33mp05rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularקְח֤וּ עִמָּ⁠כֶם֙ & אֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְכַּבְתֶּם֙ אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה בְנִ֔⁠י1Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the command **Take** and the words **you** and **your** throughout this verse are plural.
1561:33lhx5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-pluralאֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם1Here David could be using the plural **lords**: (1) to refer to just himself. In this case, he uses the plural form because it was a respectful way to refer to a person who had authority. Alternate translation: “your lord” (2) to refer to all the important officials who still supported David as king. Alternate translation: “the lords who still serve me”
1571:33e68vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם1If David uses the plural form **lords** to refer to himself, then he is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me, your lord”\n
1581:33de2vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesגִּחֽוֹן1The word **Gihon** is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side.
1591:34mmcwrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוּ⁠מָשַׁ֣ח אֹת֣⁠וֹ שָׁ֠ם צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן וְ⁠נָתָ֧ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֛יא לְ⁠מֶ֖לֶךְ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל1In Davids culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet shall anoint him there to commission him as king over Israel”
1601:34e96wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personצָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן וְ⁠נָתָ֧ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֛יא1Here David speaks to **Zadok** and **Nathan** in the third person in order to give them specific instructions. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form. Alternate translation: “you, Zadok the priest, and you, Nathan the prophet,”
1611:34azqfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularוּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּם֙ & וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם1Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word **you** throughout this verse is plural.
1621:34tg3orc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּם֙ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר1In Davids culture, people would **blow with the horn** when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall announce him as king by blowing with the horn”
1631:34f16orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounבַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר1The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns”
1641:34wn1arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesוַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה1If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and you shall wish that king Solomon would live.”\n
1651:34ecchrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politenessיְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה1Here, the phrase **Let the king Solomon live** is a polite way to wish that Solomon will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well”
1661:35w421rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם אַחֲרָ֗י⁠ו1Here David implies that they will go back up to Jerusalem with Solomon and return to the palace. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall go up after him back here to Jerusalem” or “And you shall return after him to the palace”
1671:35qn6jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם1In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “And you shall come up”
1681:35n5eorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularוַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם1Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word **you** is plural.
1691:35ed1xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוּ⁠בָא֙1In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “and he shall go”
1701:35emxsrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוְ⁠יָשַׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֔⁠י1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “and sit on my throne to rule” or “and sit on my throne as king”\n
1711:36q1hsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysוַ⁠יַּ֨עַן בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהֽוֹיָדָ֛ע אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר1The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada answered the king by saying” or “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada said to the king”\n
1721:36gggarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeכֵּ֚ן יֹאמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ1Here Benaiah could be using the statement form: (1) to claim that **Yahweh** has declared the same thing that David has just declared. Alternate translation: “So also declares Yahweh the God of my lord the king” (2) to wish or hope that **Yahweh** will declare or confirm what David has just declared. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king so speak” or “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king confirm that”
1731:36ivttrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitיְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ1Here Benaiah emphasizes that **Yahweh** is Davids **God**, but he implies that **Yahweh** is his **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, my lord the kings God and mine,”
1741:36u4b9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ1Here Benaiah addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king,”\n
1751:37v83urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד1Here Benaiah addresses David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king … you, my lord the king David”\n
1761:37l4ndrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוִֽ⁠יגַדֵּל֙ אֶת־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ מִ֨⁠כִּסֵּ֔א אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד1Here, **throne** represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than the reign of my lord the king David” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than my lord the king David”
1771:38djsbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsוְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֔י1In this verse, the words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites”\n
1781:38nk4trc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesוְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֔י1The words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards.
1791:38p7bxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד1In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And … came down”
1801:38t1rdrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesגִּחֽוֹן1The word **Gihon** is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in [1:33](../01/33.md).\n
1811:39yiverc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundוַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֖ח1Here the author indicates that **Zadok** had taken **the horn of the oil from the tent** before he went with Solomon to Gihon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form that gives background information. Alternate translation: “Before they went to Gihon, Zadok the priest had taken the horn of the oil from the tent. After they arrived in Gihon, he anointed”
1821:39l324rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitאֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל1Here, the author is referring to a special **horn** full of olive **oil** that was kept in the special **tent** that was dedicated to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the special horn full of olive oil from the tent that was dedicated to God”
1831:39v593rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֖ח אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה1In this culture, when a person was **anointed**, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role, in this case that of king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “and he anointed Solomon to commission him as king”\n
1841:39uf1xrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַֽ⁠יִּתְקְעוּ֙ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר1In this culture, people **blew with the horn** when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they announced him as king by blowing with the horn”\n
1851:39v35brc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsוַֽ⁠יִּתְקְעוּ֙1The pronoun **they** refers to some people who were there. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to people there more directly. Alternate translation: “And people who were there blew”
1861:39h4w4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounבַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר1The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns”\n
1871:39jxsyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleכָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1The author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that many people were there, and they were the ones who spoke the following words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there”
1881:39nsy8rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politenessיְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה1Here, the phrase **Let the king Solomon live** is a polite way to wish that **Solomon** will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well”\n
1891:40low5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙1In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And all the people came up”
1901:40bhc5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleכָל־הָ⁠עָם֙1See how you translated this phrase in [1:39](../01/39.md). Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there”
1911:40s22xrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetryוּ⁠שְׂמֵחִ֖ים שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה1Here, **were rejoicing {with} great joy** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and were extremely pleased”
1921:40ohivrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsשִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very joyfully”
1931:40ptcjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוַ⁠תִּבָּקַ֥ע הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠קוֹלָֽ⁠ם1Here the author speaks as if the people were so loud that **the earth was split** by the noise that they were making. He means that they were extremely loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the earth was shaken by their sound” or “And their sound was very loud”
1941:40n41mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveוַ⁠תִּבָּקַ֥ע הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠קוֹלָֽ⁠ם1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And their sound split the earth”
1951:41pqatrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveוְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠קְּרֻאִים֙1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “and all the ones whom he had called”
1961:41rgcbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneousוְ⁠הֵ֖ם כִּלּ֣וּ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֑ל1Here, the word **and** introduces something that was happening when Adonijah and the people with him **heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event. Alternate translation: “as they finished eating”
1971:41x7horc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounהַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר1The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “horns”\n
1981:41oc2trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֥וּעַ קֽוֹל־הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֖ה הוֹמָֽה1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and he asked why the sound of the city was noisy.”
1991:41c192rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionקֽוֹל־הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֖ה1Here, Joab is using the possessive form to describe a **sound** that is coming from **the city**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sound in the city”
2001:42tqo3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה1Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audiences attention in another way. Alternate translation: “and just then” or “and suddenly”
2011:42n2whrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goבָּ֑א1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went there”
2021:42w4dvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitבֹּ֔א1Here, the word **Come** indicates that Adonijah welcomes Jonathan to the place where they were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that someone is welcome. Alternate translation: “You may come here” or “Come in”
2031:42zyy3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomאִ֥ישׁ חַ֛יִל1Here, the phrase **a man of strength** indicates that Adonijah thinks that Jonathan is reliable or trustworthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are a trustworthy man” or “are a reliable man”
2041:42aeakrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeוְ⁠ט֥וֹב תְּבַשֵּֽׂר1Here Adonijah uses the statement form to express what he expects from Jonathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that describes what someone expects. Alternate translation: “and I expect that you will bring good news”
2051:43gsn1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysוַ⁠יַּ֨עַן֙ יוֹנָתָ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר לַ⁠אֲדֹנִיָּ֑הוּ1The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Jonathan answered Adonijah by saying” or “And Jonathan said to Adonijah”\n
2061:43nqvzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisאֲבָ֕ל1Jonathan is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No, I do not bring good news”
2071:43dvyjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveאֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ1By **our**, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
2081:44nvv5rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsוְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֑י1In this verse, the words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites”
2091:44bah7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesוְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֑י1The words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards. See how you translated these names in [1:38](../01/38.md).\n
2101:45du50rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּמְשְׁח֣וּ אֹת֡⁠וֹ צָד֣וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן וְ⁠נָתָן֩ הַ⁠נָּבִ֨יא לְ⁠מֶ֜לֶךְ1In this culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet have anointed him to commission him as king”\n
2111:45kzt0rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesבְּ⁠גִח֗וֹן1The word Gihon is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in [1:33](../01/33.md).\n
2121:45to7trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ1In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “and they have come up”
2131:45hotzוַ⁠תֵּהֹ֖ם הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֑ה1Alternate translation: “and there is tumult in the city” or “and the city is full of loud noises”
2141:45sdixrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularשְׁמַעְתֶּֽם1Because Jonathan is speaking to Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them, the word **you** here is plural.
2151:46nz69rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיָשַׁ֣ב שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom to rule” or “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom as king”\n
2161:46iyutrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionכִּסֵּ֥א הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה1Here, Jonathan is using the possessive form to describe a **throne** that represents authority over **the kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the throne for the one who rules over the kingdom”\n
2171:47oezbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goבָּ֜אוּ1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
2181:47n7tarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitלְ֠⁠בָרֵךְ אֶת־אֲדֹנֵ֜י⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִד֮1Here, people who have less power and status **bless** someone with more power and status. The author implies that the **servants** of David **bless** him by praising him for his decision and wishing that things will go well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to wish our lord the king David well” or “to congratulate our master the king David”
2191:47zl3jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveאֲדֹנֵ֜י⁠נוּ1By **our**, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.\n
2201:47xod7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyיֵיטֵ֨ב אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת־שֵׁ֤ם שְׁלֹמֹה֙ מִ⁠שְּׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ1Here, **name** represents the honor or reputation of the person whose **name** it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God make the reputation of Solomon better than your reputation” or “May God honor Solomon even more than he honored you”
2211:47gd6frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוִֽ⁠יגַדֵּ֥ל אֶת־כִּסְא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠כִּסְאֶ֑⁠ךָ1Here, **throne** represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than your reign” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than you have been”\n
2221:47jxperc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עַל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽב1In Davids culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. In this case, the author implies that David was showing honor and respect to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to God in respect” or “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to honor God”\n
2231:48civnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesכָּ֖כָה אָמַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ בָּר֨וּךְ יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֥ן הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם יֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י וְ⁠עֵינַ֥⁠י רֹאֽוֹת1If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the king blessed Yahweh the God of Israel, who had given one sitting on his throne today, while his eyes were seeing”
2241:48v2c2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “one sitting on my throne to rule” or “one sitting on my throne as king”\n
2251:48jejyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomוְ⁠עֵינַ֥⁠י רֹאֽוֹת1Here, the phrase **my eyes are seeing** indicates that David is still alive and can witness the event of which he speaks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I am still here to see it” or “and I am still living”
2261:49h8rorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveכָּל־הַ֨⁠קְּרֻאִ֔ים1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “all the ones whom Adonijah had called”
2271:49zi9iוַ⁠יֶּֽחֶרְדוּ֙1Alternate translation: “And … trembled with fear”
2281:49zts9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ1In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “and they came”
2291:49iqg3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomאִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠דַרְכּֽ⁠וֹ1Here, the phrase **a man to his way** indicates that these people did not stay together but left in many different directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each one where he chose” or “scattering to many places”
2301:50ls5irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ1Here the author implies that Adonijah left En Rogel and went to the sacred tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he left En Rogel and went to the tent of meeting”
2311:50cdsnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ1In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “and came”
2321:50lg7jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ1In Adonijahs culture, people who **grasped the horns of the altar** were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”
2331:51i1kurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveוַ⁠יֻּגַּ֤ד1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told it”
2341:51yf8trc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to Solomon by someone who said”
2351:51hn7xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsהִנֵּה֙ & וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה1Here, the words **Behold** and **behold** draw the attention of the king and ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** and **behold** with words or phrases that ask someone to listen, or you could use a form that introduces something that is significant. Alternate translation: “Listen … And listen to this:” or “I want to tell you this: … Further”
2361:51g2eirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֶת־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה1Here the person speaking addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king Solomon”\n
2371:51iyirrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitאָחַ֞ז בְּ⁠קַרְנ֤וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙1See how you translated this phrase in [1:50](../01/50.md). Alternate translation: “he has grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “he has grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”
2381:51d8mvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר יִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤⁠י כַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב1If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “requesting that the king Solomon swear to him as today, if he would kill his servant with the sword.”
2391:51shzdrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר2If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he has said”\n
2401:51jy6prc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaיִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤⁠י כַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב1Here Adonijah asks Solomon to swear an oath guaranteeing that he will not **kill** Adonijah. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he wants Solomon to state that something bad will happen to him if he breaks the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Let the king Solomon swear to me as today that God should punish him if he kills his servant with the sword” or “Let the king Solomon swear an oath as today that he will not kill his servant with the sword”\n
2411:51wusirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomכַ⁠יּוֹם֙1Here, the phrase **as today** refers to the current time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this very day” or “at this moment”
2421:51i1a2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitיָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב1Here Adonijah implies that **Solomon** would have one of his soldiers **kill** Adonijah **with the sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will have a soldier his servant with the sword”
2431:51tutvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personאֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ1Here Adonijah speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “me, his servant,”\n
2441:51v2k0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounבֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב1The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”
2451:52yoborc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomלְ⁠בֶן־חַ֔יִל1Here, the phrase **a son of strength** indicates that Adonijah might act in reliable or trustworthy ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [1:42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “a loyal man” or “a reliable man”
2461:52t3drrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomלֹֽא־יִפֹּ֥ל מִ⁠שַּׂעֲרָת֖⁠וֹ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה1Here, the phrase **a hair of his will not fall to the ground** indicates that Solomon will not punish or harm Adonijah in any way, not even by pulling out a single one of his hairs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will punish him” or “he will not be harmed in any way”
2471:52oaperc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveרָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖⁠וֹ1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “I find evil in him”
2481:52d933rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsרָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖⁠וֹ1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is found to be evil”
2491:52c8gbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוָ⁠מֵֽת1Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “then I will have a soldier kill him”\n
2501:53hwhwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֞ח הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה1Here the author implies that Solomon **sent** some of his attendants or soldiers to bring Adonijah back to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent soldiers to bring Adonijah”
2511:53fvvorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֕א1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And he went”
2521:53q66prc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה1In Solomons culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and prostrated himself to the king Solomon in respect” or “and prostrated himself to honor the king Solomon”
2532:intronsa10# 1 Kings 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories: Davids last advice to Solomon and Solomons punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Exalting oneself\n\nExalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Euphemism\n\nDavid spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nDavid wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2542:1ia4nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomוַ⁠יִּקְרְב֥וּ יְמֵֽי־דָוִ֖ד לָ⁠מ֑וּת1Here the author indicates that David was going to die very soon, and he implies that David knew it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the time of Davids death was near” or “And David knew that he was about to die”
2552:1brjtrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹֽר1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:”
2562:2v679rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismאָנֹכִ֣י הֹלֵ֔ךְ בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ1David is referring to his own death in a polite way by using the phrase **I {am} going in the way of all the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “I am going to pass away soon” or “I will soon experience death”
2572:2aqlcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletוְ⁠חָזַקְתָּ֖ וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָֽ לְ⁠אִֽישׁ1The clauses **you shall be strong** and **you shall become a man** mean similar things. David is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And you shall be very strong” or “And you shall act like a man”
2582:2f68krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוְ⁠חָזַקְתָּ֖1Here David speaks as if he wants Solomon to be physically **strong**. He means that he wants Solomon to be bold and brave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall have courage” or “And you shall be brave”
2592:2n19lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomוְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָֽ לְ⁠אִֽישׁ1Here, the phrase **become a man** indicates that David wants Solomon to be courageous and confident. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall become stouthearted” or “and you shall become confident”
2602:3racarc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetryוְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֞ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ1Here, **keep the keeping** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you shall carefully fulfill your obligation to Yahweh your God”\n
2612:3qur0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionאֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ1Here, David is using the possessive form to describe **keeping** that is required by **Yahweh your God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh your God requires you to keep:”
2622:3k77erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitיְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ1Here David emphasizes that **Yahweh** is Solomons **God**, but he implies that **Yahweh** is his **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your God and mine,”\n
2632:3z9rtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorלָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת בִּ⁠דְרָכָי⁠ו֙1David speaks of obeying God as if it were walking in Gods **ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to act as he desires” or “to live your life in the way that he wishes”
2642:3dgdhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletחֻקֹּתָ֤י⁠ו מִצְוֺתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵדְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו1The terms **statutes**, **commandments**, **judgments**, and **testimonies** mean similar things. David is using these four terms together to refer to every kind of command and requirement that God has given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use one, two, or three terms that together refer to every command that God has given. Alternate translation: “his commandments and his judgments and his requirements” or “all his commandments”
2652:3ppparc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsחֻקֹּתָ֤י⁠ו מִצְוֺתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵדְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו1If your language does not use abstract nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has required, commanded, decided, and testified to”
2662:3o111rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveכַּ⁠כָּת֖וּב בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֑ה1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject or indicate that **Moses** did it. Alternate translation: “as people wrote in the law of Moses”
2672:3dd23rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoכָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּפְנֶ֖ה שָֽׁם1The expression **everywhere that you turn there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everywhere you turn”\n
2682:4rt48rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorיָקִ֨ים יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־דְּבָר֗⁠וֹ1Here David speaks as if Yahwehs **word** were an object that Yahweh could cause **to stand**. He means that Yahweh will do what he said in **his word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may establish his word” or “Yahweh may fulfill his word”
2692:4o4i3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyאֶת־דְּבָר֗⁠וֹ1Here, **word** represents what Yahweh said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he said”
2702:4au8lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesלֵ⁠אמֹר֒ אִם־יִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗⁠ם לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ בֶּ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֕ר לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִ֔ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that, if my sons keep their way, to walk to Yahwehs face in truth with all their heart and with all their soul, then a man for me will not be cut off from on the throne of Israel.”
2712:4vbsqrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹר֒ & לֵ⁠אמֹ֕ר1If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. David repeats the word **saying** to emphasize that Yahweh said these words. Consider how you might express this emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “when he himself said … and then he added”
2722:4zt1trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorיִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗⁠ם לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙1Yahweh speaks of obeying him as if it were keeping a **way** and as if it were walking before his **face**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your sons will continue to obey, doing what I desire” or “your sons continue to live their lives in the ways that I wish”
2732:4o789rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheבָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ1Yahweh is using **sons** to represent Davids descendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your offspring” or “the people descended from you”
2742:4pe8irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsבֶּ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trust**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a trustworthy way” or “sincerely”
2752:4m9j1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyבְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם1In Davids culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel, and the **soul** represents a persons life with special focus on that persons identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** and **soul** by referring to the part of the body where humans do and experience these things in your culture or by expressing the ideas plainly. Alternate translation: “in whatever they desire and in whatever they do”
2762:4nigtrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsלְבָבָ֖⁠ם & נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם1If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart** and one **soul**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts … their souls”\n
2772:4dul9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1Here Yahweh speaks as if a king were a branch that could be **cut off**. He is referring to how a king could be stopped from reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be prevented from sitting on the throne of Israel”
2782:4qtikrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotesלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵ⁠עַ֖ל1Yahweh is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **cut off**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will certainly continue” or “will most definitely remain on”\n
2792:4j114rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyמֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1Here, **throne of Israel** represents rule and authority as king over **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from reigning over Israel” or “from being king of Israel”
2802:5j6vnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsאַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֡עְתָּ1David uses the word **yourself** to emphasize that Solomon knows what he is about say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “as for you, you know”
2812:5cooorc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesצְרוּיָ֗ה1The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was Davids sister.\n
2822:5vc4krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitאֵת֩ אֲשֶׁר־עָ֨שָׂה לִ֜⁠י יוֹאָ֣ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֣ה לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי־שָׂרֵ֣י1Here David could mean that: (1) Joab did bad things to David by doing bad things to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me. I mean what he did to two of the commanders of” (2) Joab did bad things both to David and to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me and also what he did to two of the commanders of”
2832:5r4durc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesנֵ֜ר וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲמָשָׂ֤א & יֶ֨תֶר֙1The words **Ner**, **Amasa**, and **Jether** are the names of men.\n
2842:5b4pgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsוַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֑ם וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה1If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **bloodshed**, **war**, and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “And he shed blood during a peaceful time as if it were a time to fight, and when he fought, he shed blood”
2852:5dfd6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֑ם1Here David speaks as if **peace** were a container into which Joab **put the bloodshed of war**. He could mean that Joab: (1) killed people during a time of **peace** as if it were a time of **war**. Alternate translation: “And caused bloodshed during peace as if it were war” (2) took revenge during a time of **peace** against people who had killed others during a **war**. Alternate translation: “And he took revenge during peace for bloodshed that occurred in a war”
2862:5x43irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה בַּ⁠חֲגֹֽרָת⁠וֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠מָתְנָ֔י⁠ו וּֽ⁠בְ⁠נַעֲל֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠רַגְלָֽי⁠ו1Here David speaks as if **bloodshed** were on Joabs **belt** and **sandal**. He could mean that: (1) Joab is always guilty for what he did, as surely as if his clothes were stained with blood. Alternate translation: “and it is as if killing people were clothing that he always wears” or “and he is always responsible for the bloodshed of war that he has caused” (2) Joab actually spilled blood on his **belt** and **sandal** when he killed Abner and Amasa. Alternate translation: “and he got the blood of the people he killed on his belt, which was on his loins, and on his sandal, which was on his feet”
2872:5sr4krc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsוּֽ⁠בְ⁠נַעֲל֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠רַגְלָֽי⁠ו1In this verse, the word **sandal** is singular in form, but it refers to both of Joabs sandals together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “on his sandals, which were on his feet”
2882:6qr9orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsכְּ⁠חָכְמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be wise”
2892:6dzhgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismוְ⁠לֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֖ם שְׁאֹֽל1David is referring to Joabs death in a polite way by referring to going down to **Sheol**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let his gray hair pass away in peace” or “and you shall not let his gray hair experience death in peace”\n
2902:6hm11rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוְ⁠לֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ1Here, **gray hair** represents an old person who has **gray hair**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let him live till he is old and can go down” or “and you shall not let him live a long time and then go down”
2912:6dil0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsבְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֖ם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a peaceful way” or “nonviolently”
2922:7k9arrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsוְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י1Although the term **sons** is masculine, David is using the word in a generic sense that could include both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And to the descendants of” or “And to the sons and daughters of”
2932:7p85crc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesבַרְזִלַּ֤י1The word **Barzillai** is the name of a man.
2942:7y22prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsתַּֽעֲשֶׂה־חֶ֔סֶד1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be faithful” or “be loyal”
2952:7tcu5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyשֻׁלְחָנֶ֑⁠ךָ1Here, **table** represents the food and drink that Solomon has and gives to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you supply to them” or “from your own provisions”
2962:7aa0mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorכֵן֙ קָרְב֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י1Here David speaks as if Barzillai and his children physically **came near** to him. He means that they helped him by bringing him food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so they came to my aid” or “that is how they assisted me”
2972:7e1jdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י אַבְשָׁל֥וֹם1Here, **face** represents the presence of the person whose **face** it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from before Absalom”
2982:8x82jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה1Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of Solomon and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws someones attention. Alternate translation: “Now listen:” or “And pay attention”
2992:8l8ysrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesגֵּרָ֥א1The word **Gera** is the name of a man.
3002:8r5e7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesמִ⁠בַּחֻרִים֒ & מַחֲנָ֑יִם1The words **Bahurim** and **Mahanaim** are the names of towns. **Bahurim** was near Jerusalem, probably to the northeast. **Mahanaim** was further northeast of Jerusalem, across the Jordan River.
3012:8ec5krc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetryוְ⁠ה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨⁠נִי֙ קְלָלָ֣ה נִמְרֶ֔צֶת1Here, **cursed me with a powerful curse** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And he himself cursed me very powerfully” or “And he himself used a forceful curse against me”\n
3022:8hypyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsוְ⁠ה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨⁠נִי֙ & וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד1David uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that **Shimei** was the one who did these things. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “It was he who cursed me … And it was he who went down”
3032:8rg7krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitבְּ⁠י֖וֹם לֶכְתִּ֣⁠י מַחֲנָ֑יִם וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד לִ⁠קְרָאתִ⁠י֙ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן1Here David is referring to how he fled from his son Absalom and went to **Mahanaim**, which is when **Shimei** cursed him (see [2 Samuel 16:510](../2sa/16/05.md)). Then, David refers to how he returned to Jerusalem after Absaloms death. When he was about to cross the **Jordan** to go back to Jerusalem, Shimei met him and asked for forgiveness (see [2 Samuel 19:1523](../2sa/19/15.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit or include some extra information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “on of my going to Mahanaim to escape from Absalom. And he himself went down to meet me at the Jordan when I was returning to Jerusalem”
3042:8y6mqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goלֶכְתִּ֣⁠י & וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד1In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” and “came” instead of **going** and **went**. Alternate translation: “my coming … And he himself came down”
3052:8wtzurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaוָ⁠אֶשָּׁ֨בַֽע ל֤⁠וֹ בַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב1Here David speaks about how he swore an oath **by Yahweh** guaranteeing that he would not kill Shimei. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he stated that something bad would happen to him if he broke the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “and I swore before Yahweh to him, saying, May God should punish me if I kill you with the sword” or “and I solemnly promised Yahweh before him, saying, I will not kill you with the sword”\n
3062:8hf2nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב1If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that I would not kill him with the sword”\n
3072:8g5lgrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and I said”\n
3082:8oug7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitאֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖1Here David implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”\n
3092:8nzg7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounבֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב1The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”\n
3102:9tvd1rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesכִּ֛י1Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how Solomon should treat Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Here is what I mean:”
3112:9wrv9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismוְ⁠הוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ בְּ⁠דָ֖ם שְׁאֽוֹל1David is referring to Shimeis death in a polite way by referring to going down to **Sheol**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause his gray hair to pass away with blood” or “And you shall cause his gray hair to experience death with blood”\n
3122:9kbd6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוְ⁠הוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ1Here, **gray hair** represents an old person who has gray hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause him, when he is old, to go down” or “And you shall cause that old man to go down”
3132:9y00erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyבְּ⁠דָ֖ם1Here, **blood** represents violence, specifically a violent death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in a violent way” or “by execution”
3142:10rlu4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismוַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב דָּוִ֖ד עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו1The author is referring to Davids death in a polite way by using the phrase **lay down with his fathers**, which refers to being buried near ones ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And David passed away” or “And David completed his life”\n
3152:10h7jtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveוַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֖ר1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him”
3162:10abv5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitבְּ⁠עִ֥יר דָּוִֽד1Here, the phrase **the city of David** refers to a specific area within the southeastern part of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, in the section called the city of David”
3172:11ytynrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureוְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠חֶבְר֤וֹן מָלַךְ֙ שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם מָלַ֔ךְ שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֖שׁ שָׁנִֽים1If it would be more natural in your language, you could give the smaller numbers first and then state the total. Alternate translation: “David reigned in Hebron seven years, and he reigned in Jerusalem 33 years. So, all the days that David reigned over Israel {were} 40 years”
3182:11f3w5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomוְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה1Here, the word **days** refers to any period of time, not just to a period of a few days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the length of time that David reigned over Israel was 40 years” or “And David reigned over Israel for 40 years”
3192:12nhg1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionיָשַׁ֕ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֖א דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֑י⁠ו1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “sat on the throne to rule after David his father” or “sat on the throne of David his father as king”\n
3202:12p55brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveוַ⁠תִּכֹּ֥ן מַלְכֻת֖⁠וֹ מְאֹֽד1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate: (1) that it was God. Alternate translation: “and God established his kingdom very much” (2) that it was Solomon himself. Alternate translation: “and Solomon established his kingdom very much”
3212:13crhzrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesחַגֵּ֗ית1The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of Davids wives.
3222:13mvhurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֞א אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגֵּ֗ית1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah the son of Haggith went”
3232:13edr5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsהֲ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם בֹּאֶ֑⁠ךָ & שָׁלֽוֹם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Is your coming peaceful … It is peaceful” or “Are you coming peacefully … I am coming peacefully”
3242:14goiprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyדָּבָ֥ר לִ֖⁠י אֵלָ֑יִ⁠ךְ1Here, **word** represents something that Adonijah wants to say using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “There is something that I want to say to you” or “I have a matter that I wish to speak to you about”
3252:15l6zsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsאַ֤תְּ יָדַ֨עַתְּ֙1Adonijah uses the word **yourself** to emphasize that Bathsheba knows what he is about to say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “As for you, you know”
3262:15jbz5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוְ⁠עָלַ֞⁠י שָׂ֧מוּ כָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠מְלֹ֑ךְ1Here Adonijah speaks as if **all Israel** had turned **their faces** toward him, expecting and even wanting him **to reign**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and all Israel was expecting me to reign” or “and all Israel assumed that I would reign”
3272:15c7exrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleכָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל1Adonijah says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the majority of Israel”
3282:15zv37rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationוַ⁠תִּסֹּ֤ב הַ⁠מְּלוּכָה֙ וַ⁠תְּהִ֣י לְ⁠אָחִ֔⁠י1Here, Adonijah speaks of **the kingship** as if it were a person who could have **turned around** and been **for** his brother. He means that the situation changed, and Solomon was the one who received the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the situation changed, and the kingdom was for my brother” or “But, despite what I expected, the kingdom was for my brother”
3292:15lxrzמֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה הָ֥יְתָה לּֽ⁠וֹ1Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave it to him” or “Yahweh designated it for him”
3302:16lg4vrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetryשְׁאֵלָ֤ה אַחַת֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֵ֣ל מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֔⁠ךְ1Here, **requesting one request** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am making one request of you”
3312:16ceu4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorאַל־תָּשִׁ֖בִי אֶת־פָּנָ֑⁠י1Here Adonijah speaks as if Bathsheba might physically **turn back** his **face**. He means that she might reject his request and shame him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me” or “do not say no to what I request”
3322:17wyejrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultאִמְרִי־נָא֙ לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ כִּ֥י לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִ⁠ךְ1If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Solomon the king will not turn back your face, so please speak to him”
3332:17yj4wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorלֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִ⁠ךְ1Here Adonijah speaks as if he is confident that Solomon will not physically **turn back** Bathshebas **face**. He means that he is sure that Solomon will not reject her request nor shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not shame you by rejecting you” or “he will not say no to what you request”
3342:17k5fqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesאֲבִישַׁ֥ג1The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman.\n
3352:17flbbrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesהַ⁠שּׁוּנַמִּ֖ית1The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you translated this word in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “from Shunem”\n
3362:18j4n6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomט֑וֹב1Here, the word **Good** indicates that Bathsheba agrees that Adonijahs request is appropriate and that she will ask the king about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Okay” or “I think that is appropriate;”
3372:18up59rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsאָנֹכִ֕י אֲדַבֵּ֥ר1Bathsheba uses the word **myself** to emphasize that she is the one who **speak** to the king. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am the one who will speak”
3382:19u8x9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א בַת־שֶׁ֨בַע֙1In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went”
3392:19taa6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֣חוּ לָ֗⁠הּ1In Bathshebas culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to her in respect” or “and he prostrated himself to honor her”\n
3402:19hdv2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם כִּסֵּא֙1Here the author implies that Solomon told some of his servants or attendants to **set** the **throne** at his right side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he told his servants to set a throne”
3412:19xwh6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitלְ⁠אֵ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ1Here the author assumes that his readers will know that **the mother of the king** is Bathsheba. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for Bathsheba, the mother of the king”
3422:19sxlcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyלִֽ⁠ימִינֽ⁠וֹ1Here, the phrases **to his right hand** refers to the place next to Solomons right hand, which would be the right side. In the Bathshebas culture, this side were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Be sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Bathsheba has honor and authority when she sits there. Alternate translation: “on the side to his right” or “in the honorable place at his right side”\n
3432:20t2ufrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetryשְׁאֵלָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת קְטַנָּה֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֶ֣לֶת מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֔⁠ךְ1Here, **One small request I am requesting** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. See how you translated the similar form in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I am making one small request of you”
3442:20z967rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorאַל־תָּ֖שֶׁב אֶת־פָּנָ֑⁠י & לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִ⁠ךְ1Here Bathsheba and Solomon speaks as if Solomon could physically **turn back** Bathshebas face. They mean Solomon could choose to reject her request and shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar figure of speech in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me … I will not shame you by rejecting you” or “do not say no to what I request … I will not say no to what you request”\n
3452:20ma44rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultשַׁאֲלִ֣י אִמִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִ⁠ךְ1If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I will not turn back your face, so request, my mother”
3462:21h2tvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveיֻתַּ֖ן אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “Give Abishag the Shunammite”
3472:21hu72rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesאֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית1The phrase **Abishag the Shunammite** is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md).
3482:22b025rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysוַ⁠יַּעַן֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אִמּ֗⁠וֹ1The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon answered by saying to his mother” or “And the king Solomon responded to his mother”\n
3492:22d8bhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionוְ⁠לָ⁠מָה֩ אַ֨תְּ שֹׁאֶ֜לֶת אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּית֙ לַ⁠אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ1Solomon is using the question form to rebuke Bathsheba. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not pleased that you are requesting Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah.” or “No longer request Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah!”
3502:22ppkprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesאֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּית֙1The phrase **Abishag the Shunammite** is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md).
3512:22vot7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠שַֽׁאֲלִי־ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּלוּכָ֔ה כִּ֛י ה֥וּא אָחִ֖⁠י הַ⁠גָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי וְ⁠ל⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיָתָ֣ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹאָ֖ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָֽה1If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes, and the third clause gives more information about what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Then, since he is my brother, older than I, request for him the kingship, for him and for Abiathar the priest and for Joab the son of Zeruiah”
3522:22esedrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyוְ⁠שַֽׁאֲלִי־ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּלוּכָ֔ה1Here Solomon commands the opposite of what he wants in order to make a point. He means that asking him to allow Adonijah to marry Abishag is like asking him to give **the kingdom** to Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are really requesting for him the kingdom” or “You might as well request for him the kingdom”\n
3532:22ebiirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitה֥וּא אָחִ֖⁠י הַ⁠גָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי1In Solomons culture, the oldest son of a king was usually the son who became the next king. Solomon is implying that Adonijah is already older than him, so if he married one of Davids closest attendants, he would have an even stronger claim to be the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he already has a claim to be king because he is my brother, older than I” or “marrying Abishag would make it even easier for him, as my older brother, to become king”
3542:22duhwrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesצְרוּיָֽה1The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was Davids sister.\n
3552:23zem8rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaוַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַע֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה1Here Solomon swears an oath **by Yahweh**. Use a natural way in your language to introduce an oath. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon swore before Yahweh” or “And the king Solomon solemnly promised Yahweh”\n
3562:23mr9mrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3572:23sfd4rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaכֹּ֣ה יַֽעֲשֶׂה־לִּ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙ וְ⁠כֹ֣ה יוֹסִ֔יף כִּ֣י בְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה1Here Solomon asks God to **do** bad things to him, and to **add** even more bad things, if what he is about to say is not true. He only states what is true about Adonijah, but he implies that the oath will apply if what he says is not true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Thus may God do evil to me, and thus may he add even more evil, if it is not true that by his life Adonijah has spoken this word” or “May God cause very many bad things to happen to me unless by his life Adonijah has spoken this word”\n
3582:23ynb5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomבְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה1Here, the phrase **by his life** could indicate that: (1) Adonijah risked his life by asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah has risked his life by speaking this word” (2) Adonijah would die for asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will die for speaking this word”
3592:23fml4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsבְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by how he lives”
3602:23yol6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyאֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה1Here, **word** represents what Adonijah asked using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this request”
3612:24qn96rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaחַי־יְהוָה֙1Here Solomon makes an oath that he will do what he promises at the end of this verse. He is indicating that people can rely on his promise as much as they can rely on the fact that **Yahweh** is **alive**. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “as certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “you can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive”
3622:24ac1qrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionוַיּֽוֹשִׁיבַ֙נִי֙ עַל־כִּסֵּא֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י1When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “and caused me to sit on the throne to rule after David my father” or “and caused me to sit on the throne of David my father as king”\n
3632:24k151rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyעָֽשָׂה־לִ֛⁠י בַּ֖יִת1Here, **house** represents represents Solomons descendants, who will reign as kings after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has made for me a dynasty” or “has caused my offspring to be kings after me”
3642:24db8vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisכִּ֣י1Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that”\n
3652:24udeirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveיוּמַ֖ת אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that Solomon would command his servants or soldiers to do it. Alternate translation: “I will tell my soldiers to kill Adonijah”
3662:25eqm9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד בְּנָיָ֣הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֑ע1Here, **hand** represents what a person does. In this case, Solomon **sent** Benaiah to act for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to act for him” or “And the king Solomon told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada what to do”
3672:25kqaxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesוַ⁠יָּמֹֽת1Here, the word **and** introduces what happened as a result of Benaiah attacking Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that he died” or “and as a result, he died”
3682:26jlcxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultעֲנָתֹת֙ לֵ֣ךְ עַל־שָׂדֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת אָ֑תָּה1If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause gives. Alternate translation: “Because you are a man of death, go to Anathoth, to your fields”
3692:26w4aprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goלֵ֣ךְ1In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come”
3702:26kb4jrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesעֲנָתֹת֙1The word **Anathoth** is the name of a town close to Jerusalem, to the northeast.
3712:26lzrgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionאִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת1Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who deserves **death**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who deserves death”
3722:26h1qmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsאִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who should die”
3732:26ecbyrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultוּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה לֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗⁠ךָ כִּֽי־נָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יְהֹוִה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י וְ⁠כִ֣י הִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽ⁠י1If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give reasons for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “but because you lifted the box of the Lord Yahweh to the face of David my father, and because you were afflicted with all that my father was afflicted, on this day I will not kill you”
3742:26y9trrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitלֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗⁠ךָ1Here Solomon implies that he will not have one of his soldiers kill Abiathar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will not have a soldier kill you”\n
3752:26pxj3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitנָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יְהֹוִה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י1Here Solomon means that Abiathar was the leading priest for **David**, and he was responsible for **the box of the Lord Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you were the priest who was responsible for the box of the Lord Yahweh for David my father”
3762:26xm7prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveהִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽ⁠י1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “you experienced all the affliction that my father experienced” or “people afflicted you with all that they afflicted my father with”
3772:27q79lrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultלְ⁠מַלֵּא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1Here, the phrase **to fulfill** introduces a result from Solomons action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled” or “with the result that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled”
3782:27pkk6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyאֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1Here, **word** represents what **Yahweh** said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message from Yahweh” or “what Yahweh had declared”
3792:27hzt8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitעַל־בֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י בְּ⁠שִׁלֹֽה1Here the author assumes that his audience will know that **Abiathar** was a descendant of **Eli**, who was a priest many years before Solomon was born. The author is referring to how God sent a prophet to **Eli** to tell him that his descendants would someday no longer be priests. You can read what the prophet said in [1 Samuel 2:2736](../1sa/02/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit, or you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “at Shiloh about how there would no longer be priests from the house of Eli, from whom Abiathar was descended”
3802:27ejnwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyבֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י1Here, **house** represents the family and descendants of **Eli**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of Eli” or “Elis family”
3812:28vbx7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב כִּ֣י יוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה וַ⁠יָּ֤נָס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ1Here, the statement **for Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom** could indicate the reason: (1) why Joab behaved as he did when he heard the report. Alternate translation: “And the report came as far as Joab. Then, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar” (2) why gave **the report** to Joab. Alternate translation: “And, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, the report came as far as Joab. And Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar”
3822:28bnc9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationוְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב1Here, the author speaks of **the report** as if it were a person who could come **as far as Joab**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the report was heard by Joab” or “And Joab heard the report”
3832:28td8src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorיוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה1Here the author speaks of supporting and serving someone as king as if it were turning aside after that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab had followed Adonijah, but he had not followed Absalom” or “Joab had served Adonijah, but he had not served Absalom”
3842:28zpq5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ1In Joabs culture, people who **grasped the horns of the altar** were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar clause in [1:50](../01/50.md). Alternate translation: “and he grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and he grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”\n
3852:29t39erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveוַ⁠יֻּגַּ֞ד לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told the king”\n
3862:29fbftrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsשְׁלֹמֹ֗ה כִּ֣י נָ֤ס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ1It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “Solomon, Joab has fled to teh tent of Yahweh, and behold, he is beside the altar.’”
3872:29l51wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה1Some translations include some additional material about what happened between when Solomon learned where Joab had fled and when he commanded Benaiah to attack Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, and if it includes this additional material, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
3882:29xe4irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה1Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws a persons attention. Alternate translation: “and picture this” or “and listen”\n
3892:29oeecrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsאֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר לֵ֥ךְ פְּגַע־בּֽ⁠וֹ1It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to go and attack him”
3902:29pb71rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר1If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told him”
3912:29xgq7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goלֵ֥ךְ1In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come”
3922:30pk4urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א בְנָיָ֜הוּ1In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah came”
3932:30wzxfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesכֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ צֵ֔א1If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king says that you must come out!”
3942:30yzgorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goצֵ֔א1In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go out”
3952:30f7dfrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultלֹ֖א כִּ֣י פֹ֣ה אָמ֑וּת1If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Here I will die, so no”
3962:30hiwrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׁב בְּנָיָ֤הוּ & דָּבָ֣ר1Here, **word** represents what Benaiah said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah brought back a message” or “And Benaiah sent back a message”
3972:30u598rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3982:30wyk9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletכֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְ⁠כֹ֥ה עָנָֽ⁠נִי1The terms **Thus Joab has spoken** and **thus he answered me** mean similar things. Benaiah is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Thus Joab answered me”
3992:30hgowrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomכֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְ⁠כֹ֥ה עָנָֽ⁠נִי1Here, the words **Thus** and **thus** refer to what Joab said without repeating all the words he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab has spoken these words, and with these words he answered me” or “Joab told me that he would not come out and that he would die there”
4002:31qfplrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוַ⁠הֲסִירֹ֣תָ ׀ דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ שָׁפַ֣ךְ יוֹאָ֔ב מֵ⁠עָלַ֕⁠י וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י1Here Solomon speaks as if the **bloodshed** that Joab committed were a liquid that he had **poured out** on Solomon and **the house** of his father David, and he speaks as if killing Joab will **remove** this liquid from them. He means that the **bloodshed** that Joab committed causes Solomon and **the house** of his father David to be guilty, and that killing Joab will cause them no longer to be guilty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will cleanse me and the house of my father from the bloodshed without cause with which Joab stained us” or “and you will take away from me and from the house of my father the guilt of the bloodshed without cause that Joab caused”
4012:31qdz7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesוַ⁠הֲסִירֹ֣תָ1Here, the word **and** introduces what will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that you will remove” or “and so you will remove”
4022:31sj9urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyבֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י1Here, **house** represents Davids family and descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the relatives of my father” or “the descendants of my father”
4032:31hhmurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomדְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם1Here, the phrase **without cause** indicates that the people Joab killed did not deserve to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bloodshed of innocent people” or “the unjust bloodshed”
4042:32uk13rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֶת־דָּמ֜⁠וֹ עַל־רֹאשׁ֗⁠וֹ1Here Solomon speaks as if Yahweh will take the **blood** that Joab shed when he murdered people and **return** that **blood** onto Joabs **head**. He means that Yahweh will punish Joab in a way that fits with the murders he committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will repay him for the blood that he has shed” or “And Yahweh will punish him for the murders he committed”
4052:32nci2rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesוְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה1Here, the word **and** introduces a second thing that will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab (see [2:32](../02/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “That way, Yahweh will return” or “When you do that, Yahweh will return”
4062:32ye9trc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultאֲשֶׁ֣ר1Here, the word **who** introduces the reason why Yahweh will punish Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
4072:32n2ghrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletצַדִּקִ֨ים וְ⁠טֹבִ֤ים1The terms **righteous** and **better** mean similar things. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “better” or “much more righteous”
4082:32l5g5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounבַּ⁠חֶ֔רֶב1The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”
4092:32d6gerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוְ⁠אָבִ֥⁠י דָוִ֖ד לֹ֣א יָדָ֑ע1Here Solomon implies that **David did not know** what Joab was planning and did not approve of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and my father David did not realize what Joab was going to do” or “and my father David neither knew nor approved of it”
4102:32wpy8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesבֶּן־נֵר֙ & וְ⁠אֶת־עֲמָשָׂ֥א & יֶ֖תֶר1The words **Ner**, **Amasa**, and **Jether** are the names of men.
4112:33qiy8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorוְ⁠שָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵי⁠הֶם֙ בְּ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ יוֹאָ֔ב וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥אשׁ זַרְע֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠עֹלָ֑ם1Here Solomon speaks as if **the shed blood** of Amasa and Abner could **return on the head of Joab and on the head of his seed**. He means that **Joab** and **his seed** will be punished in a way that fits with the murders that Joab committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar figure of speech in [2:32](../02/32.md). Alternate translation: “And Joab and his seed will be repayed to eternity for their blood that Joab shed” or “And Joab and his seed will punished to eternity for these murders that he committed”
4122:33nlqirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeוְ⁠שָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵי⁠הֶם֙ & יִהְיֶ֥ה1Solomon could be using the statement form: (1) to state a fact or prediction. Alternate translation: “And their shed blood shall return … shall be” (2) to indicate what he hopes or prays that God will do. Alternate translation: “And may their shed blood return … may there be”
4132:33my6wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomזַרְע֖⁠וֹ & וּ֠⁠לְ⁠זַרְע⁠וֹ1Here, the phrase **his seed** refers to a persons descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his offspring … and for his offspring” or “the people descended from him … and for the people descended from him”
4142:33bjnurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletוּ֠⁠לְ⁠זַרְע⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵית֨⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠כִסְא֜⁠וֹ1The terms **his seed**, **his house**, and **his throne** mean similar things. They all refer to Davids family and descendants, focusing especially on those who will rule as kings. Solomon is using the three terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with just one or two terms. Alternate translation: “and for his seed and for his throne” or “and for his offspring”
4152:33m5o9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsלְ⁠עֹלָ֑ם & עַד־עוֹלָ֖ם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **eternity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally … eternally”
4162:33nax7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוּ⁠לְ⁠בֵית֨⁠וֹ1Here, **house** represents Davids family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his relatives”\n
4172:33sc2trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyוּ⁠לְ⁠כִסְא֜⁠וֹ1Here, **throne** represents the rule of Davids descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his dynasty” or “and for the kings in his lineage”
4182:33x8x7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsיִהְיֶ֥ה שָׁל֛וֹם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be peaceful”
4192:34pdv2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goוַ⁠יַּ֗עַל בְּנָיָ֨הוּ֙ בֶּן־יְה֣וֹיָדָ֔ע1In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada came up”
4202:34eqv2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveוַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֥ר1If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him”\n
4212:34br9drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyבְּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ1Here, **house** represents Joabs property or land in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on his land” or “on his own property”
4222:35p0a0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomוַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע תַּחְתָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־הַ⁠צָּבָ֑א וְ⁠אֶת־צָד֤וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ נָתַ֣ן הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ תַּ֖חַת אֶבְיָתָֽר1When King Solomon **gave** Benaiah and Zadok in the **place** of Joab and Abiathar, it means that he appointed Benaiah and Zadok to do the tasks that Joab and Abiathar had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to take his place over the army. And Zadok the priest the king told to take the place of Abiathar” or “And the king had Benaiah the son of Jehoiada be over the army instead of him. And Zadok the king had be the priest instead of Abiathar”
4232:36fg3orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitוַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֔י1Here the author implies that Solomon sent a messenger or soldier to **Shimei** in order to summon him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king sent a soldier to Shimei, who called him” or “And the king had some soldiers go to Shimei and tell him to come to the king”
4242:36n9i5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomאָ֥נֶה וָ⁠אָֽנָה1Here, the phrase **here or there** refers to any place besides Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to any other place”
4252:37rdu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounבְּ⁠י֣וֹם1The word **day** represents any day, not one particular day that Solomon already knows about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on any day”
4262:37fzx2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goצֵאתְ⁠ךָ֗1In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “when you come out”
4272:37tuwprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheוְ⁠עָֽבַרְתָּ֙ אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן1Here Solomon refers to one way of leaving Jerusalem (passing **over the wadi of Kidron**, which is on the east side of Jerusalem) to refer to any way of leaving Jerusalem. Solomon refers to this way of leaving Jerusalem because he thinks it is the one that Shimei is most likely to use. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and you pass over the wadi of Kidron or leave Jerusalem by any other way”\n
4282:37h1wlrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesאֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן1The phrase **the wadi of Kidron** refers to small valley that sometimes had a stream running through it. This specific **wadi** was on the eastern side of Jerusalem.
4292:37p8slrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplicationיָדֹ֥עַ תֵּדַ֖ע כִּ֣י מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת1Solomon is repeating the verbs **know** and **die** in order to intensify the ideas that they express. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will surely know that you will surely die”
4302:37lxzrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitמ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת1Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. Solomon does not mean that Shimei would die naturally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”\n
4312:37d6zbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorדָּמְ⁠ךָ֖ יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ1Here Solomon speaks as if Shimeis **blood** would be poured on his own **head**. He means that Shimei will be responsible for his own death, and Solomon will not be guilty for having him executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your death will be your fault” or “When you die, you will be the one who caused it to happen”
4322:38sy57rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyהַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר1Here, **word** represents what King Solomon said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you have said”
4332:38x9gkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personדִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ1Here Shimei addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, have spoken”
4342:38t353rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personעַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ1Here Shimei speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, your servant,”\n
4352:38qwobrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomיָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים1Here, the phrase **many days** refers to a long period of time. The following verse indicates that it was about three years. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for several years” or “for a long period of time”
4362:39m2lkrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAchish … Maacah … Gath1mens names
4372:39mgg2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesGath1a Philistine city
4382:40v645rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomShimei arose1This is an idiom. “Shimei quickly”
4392:41mvk6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveSolomon was told1This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told Solomon”
4402:42c16yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionDid I not make you swear … saying, Know … die?1Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: “You know very well that I made you swear … saying, Know … die!”
4412:43pue7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionWhy then have you not kept your oath … you?1This could mean: (1) Solomon is asking for an answer or (2) Alternate translation: “You have done wrong by breaking your oath … you.”
4422:44f7q3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochewill return your wickedness on your own head1Here the head represents the person, and wickedness is spoken of as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put on a persons head. Alternate translation: “will hold you responsible for all your wickedness”
4432:45fx8trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever1Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever.
4442:46q4c8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyin Solomons hand1This use of “hand” represents Solomons power and authority.
4453:intror15u0# 1 Kings 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories. Verses 115 is the story of Solomons dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 1628 is the story of a court case showing Solomons wisdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom\n\nGod was very pleased with Solomons request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])\n\n### Putting the needs of others first\n\nThere are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
4463:1q5yvSolomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt1Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
4473:1s4dduntil he had finished building1She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
4483:1l66hthe house of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the temple”
4493:2vv3wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveno house had yet been built1This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one had yet built a house”
4503:2x9tfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor the name of Yahweh1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh”
4513:3tr54rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalking in the statutes of David his father1How one lives ones life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “obeying the laws that David his father had made”
4523:4hhq1the great high place1Alternate translation: “the most famous place for makings sacrifices” or “the most important altar”
4533:5f1kmAsk! What should I give you?1Alternate translation: “Ask me for whatever you want and I will give it to you.” or “What do you want? Ask and I will give it to you.”
4543:6ii4src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsYou have shown great covenant faithfulness to your servant1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “You have been very faithful to your covenant with your servant” or “You have greatly and faithfully loved your servant”
4553:6kyk6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbecause he walked before you in trustworthiness, in righteousness, and in uprightness of heart1Walking is a metaphor for the way one lives. The abstract nouns “trustworthiness,” “righteousness,” and “uprightness” can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “because he was trustworthy and righteous, and his heart was upright” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4563:6c77hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorin uprightness of heart1A sincere person is spoken of as one whose heart is upright. Alternate translation: “he was sincere” or “he spoke the truth and did what was good”
4573:6tyy2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronounshave given him a son1The “son” is Solomon.
4583:6fji4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyto sit on his throne1Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to rule in his place”
4593:6a4q1today1Solomon is speaking of the years he had already been ruling, not of the time since the sun had last set.
4603:7cj3jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronounsyour servant1Solomon speaks as if he is another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “me”
4613:7fc3grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorI am only a little child1Solomon is saying that he is like a child who does not know as much as a father.
4623:7u3y9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomI do not know how to go out or come in1This is an idiom that means Solomon does not know how to govern as king. Alternate translation: “I do not know how to be the king” or “I do not know the right way to do things as king”
4633:9ri57rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionFor who is able to judge this great people of yours?1Solomon asks a question to emphasize that he knows that no one can judge. Alternate translation: “No one is able to judge this great people of yours.”
4643:11dqu3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe life of your enemies1The “life” is a metonym for the power to kill. Alternate translation: “the power to kill your enemies”
4653:12dyj4now I will do all you asked of me when you gave me your request1Alternate translation: “I will do what you asked me to do when you spoke with me”
4663:12cik7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyI give you a wise and an understanding heart1The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and desires. Alternate translation: “I make you able to be wise and to understand many things”
4673:14yg1mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalk in my ways to keep1Living ones life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to live and obey”
4683:14akr8lengthen your days1Alternate translation: “make you live a long time”
4693:15te1pbehold1The word “behold” here shows that Solomon saw something interesting.
4703:19qy9vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitlay on him1It may be helpful to state that this caused the baby to die. Alternate translation: “accidentally rolled on top of her baby and smothered him”
4713:20tc1src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronounsyour servant1The woman speaks as if she were speaking of someone else to show that she respects Solomon. Alternate translation: “I”
4723:21qnj7nurse my child1This means to feed her baby milk from her breast.
4733:22vti7before the king1Alternate translation: “before Solomon” or “while Solomon could see and hear them”
4743:26ix5rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorher heart was full of compassion for her son1This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby”
4753:28caa5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleall Israel1This is a generalization.
4764:introq6h70# 1 Kings 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter names the important people in Solomons government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
4774:2e1lirc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAzariah … Zadok1These are names of men.
4784:3l925rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesElihoreph … Ahijah … Shisha … Jehoshaphat … Ahilud1These are names of men.
4794:4zx7vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBenaiah … Jehoiada … Zadok … Abiathar1These are names of men.
4804:5rn96rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAzariah … Nathan … Zabud1These are names of men.
4814:6tbu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAhishar … Adoniram … Abda1These are names of men.
4824:6uj2qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe men who were subjected to forced labor1This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon forced to work for him”
4834:8ea4hrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBen-Hur1This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hur” means “the son of Hur.”
4844:8l9l5in the hill country1“who was the officer in charge of the hill country
4854:8qs19rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesEphraim1This is the name of a place.
4864:9z8g9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBen-Deker1This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Deker” means “the son of Deker.”
4874:9apu3in Makaz1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Makaz”
4884:9em9krc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesMakaz … Shaalbim … Beth Shemesh … Elon Beth Hanan1These are names of places.
4894:10e1f9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBen-Hesed1This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hesed” means “the son of Hesed.”
4904:10s82yin Arubboth1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Arubboth”
4914:10cjq8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesArubboth … Sokoh … Hepher1These are names of places.
4924:11jei3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBen-Abinadab1This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Abinadab” means “the son of Abinadab.”
4934:11vlp1in all Naphoth Dor1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of all Naphoth Dor”
4944:11km7trc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesNaphoth Dor1This is the name of a place.
4954:11u2i9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesTaphath1This is the name of a woman.
4964:12jr42rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBaana … Ahilud1These are names of men.
4974:12z8m8in Taanach1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Taanach”
4984:12prm3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesTaanach … Megiddo … Beth Shan … Zarethan … Jezreel … Beth Shan to Abel Meholah … Jokmeam1These are names of places.
4994:13vg5arc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBen-Geber … Jair … Manasseh1These are names of men.
5004:13utw1in Ramoth Gilead1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Ramoth Gilead”
5014:13y18hrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesRamoth Gilead … Argob … Bashan1These are names of places.
5024:14f2ylrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAhinadab … Iddo1These are mens names.
5034:14ayp9in Mahanaim1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Mahanaim”
5044:14yh57rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesMahanaim1This is the name of place.
5054:15v4mgrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAhimaaz1This is the name of a man.
5064:15q5avin Naphtali1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Naphtali”
5074:15f4p2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesNaphtali1This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel.
5084:15db86rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBasemath1This is the name of a woman.
5094:16m1i4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBaana … Hushai1These are names of men.
5104:16w3gcin Asher1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Asher”
5114:16w47zrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAsher1This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel.
5124:16r3kqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBealoth1This is the name of a piece of land.
5134:17nlz7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesJehoshaphat … Paruah1These are names of men.
5144:17nn2win Issachar1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Issachar”
5154:17uyi4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesIssachar1This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel.
5164:18v9eurc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShimei … Ela1These are the names of men.
5174:18d1rcin Benjamin1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Benjamin”
5184:18k3r6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBenjamin1This is a tribal land named for a son of Israel.
5194:19pty3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesGeber … Uri … Sihon … Og1These are mens names
5204:19q97yin the land of Gilead1Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of the land of Gilead”
5214:19fq9lrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesGilead … Bashan1These are names of places.
5224:19t2khthe country of Sihon1Alternate translation: “the land that in earlier years belonged to Sihon”
5234:19hgw5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAmorites1This is the name of a people group.
5244:19uy6jin the land1Here “the land” refers to the land of Judah; the previous officials presided over different parts of Israel.
5254:20fgc8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleJudah and Israel were as numerous as the sand by the sea1The speaker uses exaggeration to say that there were so many people that it would be impossible to count them all. The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people who lived in Judah and Israel. Alternate translation: “There were as many people in Judah and Israel as there are grains of sand by the sea” or “there were more people in Judah and Israel than a person could count” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5264:21g344the River1Alternate translation: “the Euphrates River”
5274:22z3rvrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolumethirty cors1A cor is a unit of dry measure.
5284:23wn38rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowndeer, gazelles, roebucks1four-legged animals that run fast
5294:23kug7deer1more than one of these animals
5304:23bnu3fattened fowl1Alternate translation: “birds that people fed so they would become fat”
5314:24af2dTiphsah1name of a piece of land
5324:25q85drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyJudah and Israel1The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people of Judah and Israel.
5334:25h54fevery man under his vine and under his fig tree1“each family had their own garden with grapevines and fig trees,” This showed that the people lived in safety and peace, since they were not at war and had time to grow their gardens.
5344:25f65grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismfrom Dan to Beersheba1This represents the whole land of Israel from Dan in the north to Beersheba in the south.
5354:26el93stalls of horses1A stall is a place where an animal such as a horse is kept and cared for.
5364:27yw93who came to King Solomons table1Alternate translation: “who ate with King Solomon” or “whom King Solomon invited to eat with him”
5374:27gs98every man in his month1Solomon had assigned 12 officers in [1 Kings 4:7](../04/07.md) to bring him food in different months.
5384:27v6ucrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotesThey let nothing be lacking1This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “They provided everything that Solomon needed”
5394:29ej9qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsGod gave Solomon great wisdom and understanding1The abstract nouns “wisdom” and “understanding” can be translated as verbs. God giving him these things means that God enabled him to have these qualities. Alternate translation: “God enabled Solomon to be wise and to understand many things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5404:29h9j6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-similewideness of understanding like the sand on the seashore1Solomon was able to understand many things about many different subjects. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wideness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Solomon was able to understand many things about a wide range of subjects”
5414:30w9j4Solomons wisdom exceeded the wisdom of all the people1Alternate translation: “Solomon was wiser than all the wise people”
5424:30g12dthe people of the east1This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
5434:31cu1zrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesEthan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol1mens names
5444:33r1r3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowncedar … hyssop1These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
5455:introc6a50# 1 Kings 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Building the temple\n\nBuilding the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
5465:1wb37Hiram had always loved David1Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
5475:3pv3brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomYahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet1To put an enemy under someones foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies”
5485:3c84src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor the name of Yahweh1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person.See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh”
5495:3vz73because of the wars that surrounded him1Another possible meaning is “because of the wars with which his enemies surrounded him” or “because he was fighting enemies on all sides”
5505:3dkf4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorYahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet1This speaks of Yahweh giving David complete control over his enemies as putting them under his feet. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was enabling David to completely defeat his enemies”
5515:4h6irhas given me rest on every side1Before Solomon became king, King David and the people of Israel had been at war, but now King Solomon and the people were at rest and in a time of peace.
5525:4zr1nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismThere is neither adversary nor disaster1neither humans who cause harm nor natural events that cause harm. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “We are safe from our enemies and from natural disasters”
5535:4lex1adversary1enemy
5545:4hy1qdisaster1event that causes harm to people and their property
5555:5gll4So1This is to emphasize the words that follow. “Listen! This is what I am going to do:” or “Because of what Yahweh has done for me, this is what I am going to do:”
5565:5ep1hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor the name of Yahweh my God … for my name1The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh my God will live … where I will live”
5575:5pwq3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyset on your throne in your place1Here “throne” refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: “make to be the king after you”
5585:6ae9wthere is no one among us who knows how to cut timber like the Sidonians1Alternate translation: “your workers know how to cut timber better than my men”
5595:6y7evSidonians1people of the city of Sidon
5605:7h269the words of Solomon1Alternate translation: “what Solomon said”
5615:7rz48rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveMay Yahweh be blessed today1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh today”
5625:8n2rjcypress1Cypress is another kind of valuable wood that would be used for building the temple.
5635:9i9nwmake them into rafts1Alternate translation: “tie them together so they will float in groups”
5645:9th95rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethem broken up there1This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “my workers untie the logs from each other”
5655:9bfw2You will do what I desire1Alternate translation: “You can do what I want” or “You can pay me”
5665:10ysx9fir1The word “fir” refers to many kinds of trees, including cypress trees.
5675:11ku5jrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolumemeasures of wheat1This was a dry measurement whereas the oil was a liquid measurement. It was not clear which measure was intended. The measurement in the UST is an educated guess.
5685:11q3nzyear by year1Alternate translation: “every year”
5695:13h6dpconscripted labor out of all Israel1Alternate translation: “forced men from all over Israel to work”
5705:14hun8in shifts1That is, there were three groups that took turns spending one month in Lebanon and two months at home.
5715:14j6rkOne month they were in Lebanon and two months at home1Each of the three groups spent one month working in Lebanon and then two months at home in Israel.
5725:14xnv5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe men who were subjected to forced labor1This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon was forcing to work for him”
5735:15h7kdrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersseventy thousand1“70,000”
5745:15yex2burdens1heavy things that people have to work hard to carry
5755:15x12vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberseighty thousand1“80,000”
5765:15gp9ustonecutters1men who dig stones out of the ground and cut them to the proper shape
5775:16f3hprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers3,300 chief officers1“three thousand three hundred chief officers”
5785:17hk8uquarried large stones of high quality1Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
5795:18l6m8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownGebalites1men from the city of Gebal
5806:introdn220# 1 Kings 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Building the temple\n\nSolomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
5816:1si1jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon began to build1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building”
5826:1z8zfrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal480th … fourth1These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4.
5836:1u34src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonthsin the month of Ziv, which is the second month1“Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5846:2md89rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberssixty cubits long, twenty cubits wide, and thirty cubits high1“60 cubits long, 20 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. This can be written used modern measures. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long, 9.2 meters wide, and 13.8 meters high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
5856:3usb7portico1an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the buildings entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple.
5866:3yu32rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancetwenty cubits … ten cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters … 4.6 meters”
5876:4vkp1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhe made windows1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made windows”
5886:5yit1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhe built1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built”
5896:5p1zzhe built rooms around it1He built rooms on the outside of the outside wall around the main chamber.
5906:6r5turc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhe made1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made”
5916:6yy1kThe lowest story … the middle … the third1This refers to the rooms in each story of the building.
5926:6w37frc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefive cubits … six cubits … seven cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 2.3 meters … about 2.8 meters … about 3.2 meters”
5936:6grf8he made offsets in the wall of the house1They made ledges all around the main building to support the beams of the small rooms.
5946:6fp5rbeams1A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building.
5956:7udq4the house1Here “house” refers to Gods house, the temple.
5966:7ekm1stones prepared at the quarry1A quarry is where people cut large stones from a mountain and shape them with tools so they are smooth. After they prepared the stones at the quarry, they brought them to the temple.
5976:8rn6pground level … middle level … third level1There were a total of three floors. Some languages call these “ground floor,” “first floor,” and “second floor.”
5986:9eh9yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon built … he covered1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomons workers built … they covered”
5996:9qdt5beams … of cedar1A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md).
6006:9j6jeplanks … of cedar1A plank is a flat wooden board used for floors and walls.
6016:10kzz6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe built1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “They built”
6026:10du8wHe built the side rooms1These are the same rooms that are referred to in [1 Kings 6:5](../06/05.md).
6036:10yr6hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyinner chambers1This phrase is a metonym for the walls that enclosed the chambers. Alternate translation: “exterior walls that enclosed the inner chambers”
6046:10anu7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefive cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters”
6056:10w619timbers of cedar1The word “timbers” is a general term that refers to wood used for building, such as beams and planks.
6066:11czi8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomThe word of Yahweh came to Solomon, saying,1The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Solomon. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Solomon:”
6076:12vb8rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywhich you are building1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “which you are having your workers build”
6086:12af43rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalk in my statutes1The word “walk” is a metaphor for “live” or “obey.” Alternate translation: “continually obey all my statutes”
6096:12qx38do justice1This could mean: (1) “carry out all of my laws” or (2) “treat the people whom you are ruling justly.”
6106:12g495rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismkeep all my commandments and walk in them1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the importance of obeying Gods commandments. AT “carefully obey all I tell you to do”
6116:12x4rbI will confirm my promise with you that I had made to David your father1Alternate translation: “I will do everything I promised David your father that I would do for you”
6126:14k3adrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomons workers”
6136:15y9kmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhe built … he covered them … he covered the floor1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built … they covered them … they covered the floor”
6146:15hp23interior walls1walls between the rooms on the inside
6156:15ik56rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowncypress1Cypress is a kind of wood that was used for building the temple.
6166:16d6pqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe built twenty cubits … He built this room1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build twenty cubits … He had them build this room”
6176:16xx5sHe built twenty cubits1Alternate translation: “He built a room twenty cubits long”
6186:16g59qrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancetwenty cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters”
6196:17w7cvrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistanceforty cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “18.4 meters”
6206:17ha4kmain hall1Alternate translation: “main room”
6216:18l7dpgourds1a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground
6226:18u5m4open flowers1Alternate translation: “blooming flowers” or “flowers that were open”
6236:19ygb3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon prepared1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They prepared”
6246:20w5vkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon overlaid1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid”
6256:20jfg2twenty cubits1Alternate translation: “9.2 meters”
6266:20m4tmcovered the altar with cedar wood1This altar would be used for burning incense.
6276:21yge1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon overlaid … he placed1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … they placed”
6286:21c2iqoverlaid1Alternate translation: “covered”
6296:22x7k8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe overlaid … He also overlaid1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … They also overlaid”
6306:22l55ualtar that belonged to the inner room1Alternate translation: “altar of incense at the entrance to the inner room”
6316:23ilt3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon made1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded them to make”
6326:23w5qrolivewood1wood from an olive tree
6336:23a2zgrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistanceten cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters”
6346:24zb23rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefive cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters”
6356:25e8twwingspan1the distance from the tip of one wing to the tip of the other wing
6366:25c1ibsame dimensions1Alternate translation: “same size”
6376:27bcq5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon placed1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They placed”
6386:27rj2sinnermost room1another name for the most holy place
6396:28l1b6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon overlaid1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid”
6406:28k83foverlaid1“covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md).
6416:29w47jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe carved1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to carve”
6426:30w875rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon overlaid1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He had them overlay”
6436:30d56poverlaid1covered
6446:31uq5rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon made1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
6456:31fb2klintel1beam across the top of a door frame
6466:31c6zgindented sections1toothlike notches on each of five sections
6476:32w1bjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhe made … he made … He overlaid … he spread1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they made … they made … They overlaid … they spread”
6486:32ix6qoverlaid1“covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md).
6496:33s6ubIn this way, Solomon also made for the temple entrance doorposts of olive wood having four indented sections1Alternate translation: “In the same way, Solomon also made doorposts of olive wood for the temple entrance, with four indented sections”
6506:33dfh2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon also made1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they also made”
6516:33nd29indented sections1tooth-like notches
6526:34eh1nThe two leaves of the one door1This means each door had two sections connected by hinges so they could fold together.
6536:35zh1rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe carved … he evenly overlaid1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They carved … they evenly overlaid”
6546:36y7ryrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe built the inner courtyard1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They built the inner courtyard”
6556:36ugf5cedar beams1A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md).
6566:37w9kbrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalthe fourth year1The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of “four.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the fourth year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6576:37zt3nhouse of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the temple”
6586:37f1ixrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonthsin the month of Ziv1“Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:1](../06/01.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6596:38ft8zrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalthe eleventh year1The word “eleventh” is the ordinal forms of “eleven.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the eleventh year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6606:38hy2brc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonthsin the month of Bul, which is the eighth month1“Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6616:38iee2the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications1This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
6626:38rz5lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon took1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomons workers”
6637:introkaf20# 1 Kings 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bronze\n\nSolomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.\n\n### The temple and the palace\n\nSolomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
6647:1f5n7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon took thirteen years to build his own palace1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomons workers thirteen years to build his palace”
6657:1lf86palace1If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
6667:2a64rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe built1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build”
6677:2rg2ythe Palace of the Forest of Lebanon1Alternate translation: “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest”
6687:2tl45rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistanceone hundred cubits … fifty cubits … thirty cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “46 meters … 23 meters … 13.8 meters”
6697:2zp59beams1A beam is a long piece of strong wood used to support walls and roofs.
6707:3vs2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe house was roofed with cedar that rested on beams1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The carpenters built a roof from cedar planks and attached them to beams”
6717:3mmk9beams1long pieces of strong wood usually used to support a roof
6727:5tmp7were made square1Alternate translation: “had rectangular frames”
6737:6i5vacolonnade1a series of columns, all the same distance apart
6747:6v962rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefifty cubits … thirty cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “23 meters … 13.8 meters”
6757:6nzf9portico1an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the buildings entrance door. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:3](../06/03.md)
6767:7t73grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon built1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon had them build”
6777:7ksi3the hall of the throne1This could mean: (1) “the house in which he was going to place his throne” or (2) “a house named The Kings Chair House”
6787:7va4arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveIt was covered with cedar1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers covered the floor with cedar wood”
6797:7h3cpfrom floor to floor1This refers to the entire floor. Alternate translation: “from one wall to the other”
6807:8u1kwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveSolomons house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, was similarly designed1This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Solomon had someone design the house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, in the same way”
6817:8vhb7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe also built1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He also commanded them to build”
6827:9b9darc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThese buildings were adorned with costly hewn stones1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers adorned the buildings with costly, hewn stones”
6837:9x9mlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivehewn stones, precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “hewn stones, that workers had precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed”
6847:9ht4prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThese stones were used1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers used these stones”
6857:9a28ufrom the foundation to the stones on top, and also on the outside to the great court1The author is emphasizing that the workers used expensive stones for the foundations and all the buildings.
6867:10cs6wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe foundation was constructed1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers constructed the foundation”
6877:10j43irc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistanceeight and ten cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3.7 meters and 4.6 meters”
6887:11rv23cedar beams1A beam is a long piece of wood used for structural support.
6897:12gj1mthree rows of cut stone and a row of cedar beams1See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:36](../06/36.md).
6907:13yv35rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitbrought him from Tyre1Huram accepted Solomons invitation to come to Jerusalem.
6917:14mx1erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitthe son of a widow … his father was a man of Tyre1A widow is a woman whose husband has died, so we know that the father is dead.
6927:14xyc5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveHuram was filled with wisdom and understanding and skill1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The words “wisdom and understanding” mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Yahweh giving such things as wisdom is spoken of as if they were liquids that Yahweh had poured into a container, and Huram is spoken of as if he were that container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had given Huram wisdom, understanding, and skill” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6937:15ps2xrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistanceeighteen cubits … twelve cubits1A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters … 5.5 meters”
6947:15rjk8in circumference1Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
6957:16py25rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefive cubits1A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters”
6967:16ym3qtwo capitals1decorations on top of each of the two pillars
6977:16fd4spolished bronze1They polished the bronze so that it would reflect sunlight. “gleaming bronze”
6987:17lzk9Checker latticework and wreaths of chain work1Alternate translation: “Crossed metal strips woven together and metal chains twisted together”
6997:18rc2zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHuram made1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram commanded his workers to make”
7007:18m8zptwo rows of pomegranates1A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. Huram did not use real pomegranates to decorate the pillars. He made them out of bronze.
7017:19yg1brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe capitals … were decorated with lilies, four cubits high1Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram decorated the capitals … with bronze lilies, four cubits high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7027:19m7gxthe tops of the portico1Translate “portico” as in [1 Kings 7:6](../07/06.md).
7037:19gz27rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefour cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters”
7047:20py2zrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwo hundred pomegranates1“200 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md)
7057:21xs4grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe raised up1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They raised up”
7067:21i3hgrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesThe pillar on the right was named Jakin1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the right side was Jakin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7077:21x4yyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe pillar on the left was named Boaz1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the left side was Boaz”
7087:22f36frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe fashioning of the pillars was done1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram fashioned the pillars” or “Hurams men fashioned the pillars”
7097:23q22nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHuram made1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make”
7107:23ih6gthe round sea1This refers to a bronze tank or basin that would hold water.
7117:23dql9cast metal1Huram melted the bronze and formed it in a mold.
7127:23i52rrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistanceten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters … 2.3 meters … 13.8 meters”
7137:23wlw3from brim to brim1Alternate translation: “from one edge to the other”
7147:23q5wcin circumference1Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
7157:24bar8encircling the sea were gourds1A gourd is a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground.
7167:24a5xxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewhen that basin was cast1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Huram cast that basin”
7177:25rh41The Sea1This refers to the bronze tank or basin that held water for sacrifices.
7187:25x7rdstood on1Alternate translation: “was on top of”
7197:25m9v3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive“The Sea” was set on top of them1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Hurams workers set The Sea on top of the bronze oxen”
7207:25a8tlhindquarters1This is the back quarter of the body of an animal with four feet.
7217:26d6yrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileits brim was forged like the brim of a cup, like a lily blossom1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7227:26im3irc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolumetwo thousand baths1A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “2,000 baths” or “44,000 liters”
7237:27vrb9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHuram made1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” or “They also made”
7247:27nie3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefour cubits … three cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters … about 1.4 meters”
7257:28g4xyThe work of the stands was like this1This means the author will describe the stands in the words that follow.
7267:29vkn8on the panels and on the frames were lions, oxen, and cherubim1There were decorative pieces in the shapes of lions, oxen, and cherubim fastened to the sides of the stands.
7277:29drg7wreaths of hammered work1Here the word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze.
7287:30c4jjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitfour bronze wheels and axles1There was one axle for each pair of wheels. Alternate translation: “four bronze wheels and two axles” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
7297:30r3m7its four corners1Alternate translation: “the four corners of each stand”
7307:30wp4crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe supports were cast with wreaths1Each support was cast as one piece with the wreaths. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast the supports with spiral-shaped pieces”
7317:31tnm9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancea cubit and a half … a cubit1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters … about 50 centimeters”
7327:31bjx5a crown that rose up1Here the word “crown” refers to the circular piece at the top of the stands opening that held the basin.
7337:31g112their panels were square1“the panels of the stands were square.” This phrase returns to the description of the panels that began in [1 Kings 7:28](../07/28.md).
7347:32nan4their housings1Here the word “their” refers to the axles. The word “housings” refers to the casings into which the axles were inserted.
7357:32ia6krc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancea cubit and a half1A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters”
7367:33ez4trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe wheels were forged like chariot wheels1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram made the wheels like small chariot wheels”
7377:33huz3Their housings, rims, spokes, and hubs1Here the word “Their” refers to the wheels.
7387:34u8dcThere were four handles at the four corners of each stand1Alternate translation: “There was a handle at each of the four corners of each stand”
7397:35j76erc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancehalf a cubit deep1A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “twenty-three centimeters wide”
7407:35i2wtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveon the top of the stand its supports and panels were attached1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram attached the supports and panels to the top of each stand”
7417:36y4lnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHuram engraved1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they engraved”
7427:36nf5ethey were surrounded1Here the word “they” refers to the cherubim, lions, and palm trees.
7437:36d8lhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethey were surrounded by wreaths1The word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there were wreaths all around them”
7447:37iv9mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe made1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to make”
7457:37c4b7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveAll of them were cast in the same molds1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast all of the stands in the same mold” or “They cast all of the stand in the same mold”
7467:37nj2gthey had one size, and the same shape1Alternate translation: “all of the stands were the same size and shape”
7477:38bx9crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHuram made ten1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make ten”
7487:38w15grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolumeforty baths1A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “about 88 liters” or “about 90 liters”
7497:38k7ylrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistancefour cubits1A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters”
7507:39w6v7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe made five … He set1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Human had them make five … Huram commanded them to set”
7517:39u5ivthe south-facing side … the north-facing side1Alternate translation: “the south side … the north side”
7527:39z7tjon the east corner, facing toward the south of the temple1Alternate translation: “near the southeast corner of the temple”
7537:40kaa7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHuram made … he finished1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make … they finished”
7547:41zv5qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-similethe bowl-like capitals1The capitals were shaped like bowls.
7557:41rhp4decorative latticework1Alternate translation: “crossed metal strips woven together”
7567:42v1e3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe made1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
7577:42f5hxrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersfour hundred pomegranates1“400 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md).
7587:44p87urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe made1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
7597:45d5ggrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHuram made1Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
7607:45l8vtall the other implements1Alternate translation: “all the other tools”
7617:45hw9ypolished bronze1bronze that was polished so that it would reflect light
7627:46f6xbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyThe king had cast them1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “The king had his workers cast them”
7637:46evu1plain of the Jordan1Alternate translation: “flat land near the Jordan River”
7647:46ug1grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesSuccoth … Zarethan1These are names of cities.
7657:47yk38rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon did not weigh1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon did not have them weigh”
7667:47u74lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe weight of the bronze could not be measured1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could measure the weight of the bronze”
7677:48f4p1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon had made1Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomons workers had made”
7687:48e2d6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveon which the bread of the presence was to be placed1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which the priests were to place the bread of the presence”
7697:49kb8tthe flowers, the lamps1The “flowers” and “lamps” were part of the lampstands.
7707:50tev9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivehad made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold”
7717:50y2nnsockets of gold made for the doors1Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
7727:51x9f6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh”
7738:introh96s0# 1 Kings 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Celebration of the temples completion\nWhen the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nSolomon prayed that God would respond to peoples prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7748:1kla2assembled the elders of Israel1Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
7758:2vy83rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleAll the men of Israel1This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel.
7768:2uam7at the feast1This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
7778:2j1l1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonthsin the month of Ethanim, which is the seventh month1“Ethanim” is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7788:5wl1zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleall the assembly of Israel1This is a generalization.
7798:5i2earc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivesheep and oxen that could not be counted1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “more sheep and oxen than anyone would ever be able to count”
7808:6r7tninto the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under1Alternate translation: “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under”
7818:7f19rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivepoles by which it was carried1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it”
7828:8igt6their ends were seen … they could not be seen1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them”
7838:8ia58this day1This means the day on which the writer wrote.
7848:10qah8It came about that1This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
7858:12y9ryrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personYahweh has said … darkness1Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh.
7868:13ukz3lofty residence1beautiful building in which someone very important lives
7878:14n1liall the assembly of Israel1Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there”
7888:15qg1drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveMay Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, the God of Israel”
7898:15yw9frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywith his own hands1The hand is a metonym for the power in the hand. Alternate translation: “by his own power”
7908:16b9uhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyin order for my name to be1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “so that people would worship me”
7918:17kpv8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorit was in the heart of David my father1What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “David my father desired”
7928:17jsu6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor the name of Yahweh1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh”
7938:18tr7grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorIn that it was in your heart1What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “Because you desired”
7948:18ixj3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor my name1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship me”
7958:18fu1src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorfor it to be in your heart1What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “to desire to do that” or “by wanting to do that”
7968:19n4x3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveone who will be born from your loins1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father”
7978:20j7v7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomhas carried out the word that he had said1This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has done exactly what he said he would do”
7988:20kuf2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorI have arisen in the place of David my father1Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: “I have gained the power that David my father had”
7998:20j2e5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyI sit on the throne of Israel1The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “I rule over Israel”
8008:20n57nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor the name of Yahweh1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship Yahweh”
8018:21ts1yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyis Yahwehs covenant, which1The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that”
8028:22p4j2all the assembly of Israel1Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there”
8038:23zb47rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounswho keeps his covenant faithfulness with your servants1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “who faithfully loves your servants” or “who is faithful to your covenant with your servants”
8048:23vza1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalk before you with all their heart1The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live wholeheartedly the way that you want them to”
8058:24zl94rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfulfilled it with your hand1The hand is a metonym for the power of the hand. Alternate translation: “by your power fulfilled what you said”
8068:25u5virc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyto sit on the throne of Israel1The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule over Israel”
8078:25k2lbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalk before me … have walked before me1The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to … have lived as I want you to”
8088:27ke8zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionBut will God actually live on the earth?1Possible meanings of this question are: (1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or (2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: “But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!”
8098:27lex3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personBut will God1Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “But will you”
8108:27dxu6Look1Alternate translation: “What I am about to say is important” or “The truth is that”
8118:27b6jryou—how much less can this temple that I have built1Alternate translation: “you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you”
8128:28nl5hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletrespect this prayer of your servant and his request1The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “respect me, your servant, as I make this request” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
8138:28ucf5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletlisten to the cry and prayer that your servant prays before you today1The words “cry” and “prayer” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he asks Yahweh to help him. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to me, your servant, as I call today for you to help me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
8148:29u4idrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyMay your eyes be open toward1The eye is a metonym for what the eye does. Alternate translation: “May you watch over”
8158:29p7b4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismnight and day1This is a merism. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually”
8168:29vwt1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletMy name and my presence1These two words together emphasize that Yahweh will dwell in the temple.
8178:29icv3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personthat your servant will pray1Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “that I, your servant, will pray”
8188:30qx3rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personlisten to the request of your servant and of your people Israel1Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to my request and the request of your people Israel”
8198:31wv6jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveis required to swear1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone requires him to swear”
8208:32mt2drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheupon his own head1Here “head” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “on him”
8218:32ls6hgive to him according to his righteousness1Alternate translation: “to give him what he deserves because he is righteous”
8228:33sjq6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveyour people Israel are defeated by an enemy1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an enemy defeats your people Israel”
8238:33kus8confess your name1This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.”
8248:33axr3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsrequest forgiveness from you1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **forgiveness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “ask you to forgive them”
8258:35ij63rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorthe skies are shut up and there is no rain1The sky is spoken of as if it were a building in which God stores the rain. Alternate translation: “you do not allow rain to fall”
8268:35gf9vconfess your name1This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 8:33](../08/33.md).
8278:36uz9grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorin which they should walk1The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “that they should live”
8288:37e7f8blight or mildew1These are agricultural terms that refer to the death of crops from either too little or too much rain, respectively.
8298:37c2vclocusts or caterpillars1A “locust” is a type of grasshopper that causes destruction by eating crops. The word “caterpillar” refers to an early growth stage of the locust.
8308:38li44rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletprayers and requests1The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the person is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “requests”
8318:38kwn9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorknowing the plague in his own heart1This could mean: (1) The persons sin is spoken of as if it were a plague. Alternate translation: “knowing the sin in his own heart” or (2) The “plague” is a metonym for the sins that the disasters are a punishment for. Alternate translation: “knowing in his heart that the plague is the result of his own sin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8328:43vt9qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethis house I have built is called by your name1The phrase “is called by your name” shows that God possesses and owns the house. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you own this house that I have built”
8338:44ha7rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoSuppose that your people go out … suppose that they pray1When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
8348:44vjp7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor your name1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you”
8358:45d6n5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublettheir prayer and their request1The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people are sincere as they make their request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “their request”
8368:46d9cqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoSuppose that they sin … suppose that you are1When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
8378:47rbr1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyposuppose that they realize … suppose that they repent … Suppose that they say1When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
8388:47d7furc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewhere they have been exiled1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where their enemies have taken them as exiles”
8398:47zw2ucaptors1people who keep others as prisoners
8408:47lcn9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismWe have acted perversely and sinned. We have behaved wickedly1These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the peoples actions were.
8418:47gh66rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletacted perversely and sinned1The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned.
8428:48qbv6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoSuppose that they return … suppose that they pray1When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
8438:48mf4urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomwith all their heart and with all their soul1The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
8448:48pq6qin the land1Alternate translation: “while they are living in the land”
8458:48tv6ftoward their land1“toward the land in which they belong.” This refers to Israel.
8468:48ha3wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor your name1The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you”
8478:49m5gjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublettheir prayer and their request1The two words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that the people were sincere as they made their request to Yahweh. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md).
8488:50k51rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismForgive your people who have sinned against you, and all their transgressions that they have committed against you1Solomon twice requests Yahweh to forgive the people. This emphasizes the earnestness of his request.
8498:51lr1arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivea furnace where iron is forged1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a furnace where people forge iron”
8508:52e39qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheMay your eyes be open1The eye is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Please pay attention”
8518:54u3p4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletprayer and request1The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “request”
8528:56js9brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveMay Yahweh be praised1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh”
8538:56vk99rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotesNot one word has failed out of all Yahwehs good promises1This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has made every word of his good promises come true”
8548:57ff12rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletleave us or forsake us1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Solomons desire for Yahweh to be present with the people.
8558:58pqz8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyincline our hearts to him1Here their “hearts” refer to the peoples desires and emotions. Desiring to please someone is spoken of as inclining the heart toward that person. Alternate translation: “make us want to please him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8568:58k5k5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomlive in all his ways1Here “in his ways” is an idiom that refers to the way he wants people to live. Alternate translation: “live as he requires us to live”
8578:59n37src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismday and night1This merism refers to “all the time” or “continually.”
8588:61xz16let your heart be true1Alternate translation: “be wholly devoted”
8598:61ke8lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalk in his statutes1The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “always obey his statutes”
8608:62bs3grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleall Israel with him1This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel.
8618:63id7lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleall the people of Israel1This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel.
8628:63v5e3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwenty-two thousand oxen1“22,000 oxen”
8638:63ttb5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers120,000 sheep1“one hundred twenty thousand sheep”
8648:64yz15the bronze altar that was before Yahweh1“the bronze altar that was in Yahwehs presence.” Since the temple is Yahwehs dwelling place among his people, the altar is described as being in his presence.
8658:65k9axrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleall Israel with him1This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:62](./62.md).
8668:65reb2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersseven days … seven days … fourteen days1“7 days … 7 days … 14 days”
8678:66cs8nrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinaleighth day1The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.”
8688:66nja5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletjoyful and glad1The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
8699:introiy5f0# 1 Kings 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThere are two parts to this chapter. Verses 19 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 1028 is about Solomons extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worship only Yahweh\n\nYahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nWalk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
8709:3f3hfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletyour prayer and your request1The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomons request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request”
8719:3a6asrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyto put my name there forever1The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever”
8729:3hnx7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheMy eyes and my heart will be there1The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it”
8739:4h1h9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorif you walk before me as David your father walked1The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “if you live the way I want you to live, just as David your father did”
8749:4v4jvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletin integrity of heart and in uprightness1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how righteous David was.
8759:5gx58rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe throne of your kingdom1Here “throne” refers to his reign. Alternate translation: “your dynasty” or “your reign”
8769:5yq42rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywill never fail to be on the throne of Israel1The action of ruling a kingdom is spoken of as if it were a person sitting on a throne. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “will always rule over Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
8779:6rn8vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletmy commandments and my statutes1Here the words “commandments” and “statutes” mean basically the same thing and emphasize all that Yahweh has commanded.
8789:6h58erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismworship other gods and bow down to them1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
8799:7jc4grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyset apart to my name1Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person who possesses something. Alternate translation: “set apart for myself”
8809:7s96hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsI will cast it out of my sight1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sight**, you can express the same idea with the verb “see.” Looking at something is a metaphor for protecting it. Alternate translation: “I will put it where I no longer have to see it” or “I will get rid of it so I no longer have to protect it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8819:8r7b8This temple will become a heap of ruins1Alternate translation: “This temple will be destroyed and its remains will be piled into a high mound”
8829:8i5gtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewill be shocked and will hiss1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will express amazement and make a sound of disrespect”
8839:9dng9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismbowed down to them and worshiped them1These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship.
8849:10ug4uIt came about1This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
8859:10h3xzat the end of twenty years1Alternate translation: “after 20 years”
8869:10f22qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheSolomon had finished building1It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this.
8879:13vnk3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionWhat cities are these which you have given me, my brother?1Hiram is rebuking Solomon. This questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These cities that you have given me are good for nothing.”
8889:13g2mbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewhich they are still called today1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and people still call them that today”
8899:14ppd5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers120 talents of gold1“one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
8909:15yc64the account of the forced labor which King Solomon imposed1Alternate translation: “the account of Solomon requiring men to work”
8919:15xw7ythe Millo1This could mean: (1) “the terrace system” or (2) “the landfill.”
8929:16g237rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyPharaoh king of Egypt had gone up1The person is a metonym for the army he commands. Alternate translation: “The army of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, had gone up”
8939:17u6mzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheSo Solomon rebuilt Gezer1It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this.
8949:22j3hjSolomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel1Alternate translation: “Solomon did not force the people of Israel to labor”
8959:23ql3drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers550 of them1“five hundred and fifty of them”
8969:24yuq9built the Millo1This could mean: (1) “built the terrace system” or (2) “built the landfill.” See how you translated “the Millo” in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md).
8979:25z3bealtar that was before Yahweh1See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 8:64](../08/64.md).
8989:25yqb6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySo he completed the temple1Solomon is a metonym for the workers he hired to do the work. Alternate translation: “So his workers completed the temple”
8999:26k7edrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheKing Solomon built1It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this.
9009:26f1yta fleet of ships1Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
9019:28sv65rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers420 talents of gold1“four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
90210:introabca0# 1 Kings 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThere are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomons wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Queen of Sheba\n\nKing Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
90310:1ll43rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomons fame concerning the name of Yahweh1Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomons fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomons fame, which Yahweh had given him”
90410:2ktj1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleall that was in her heart1This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know”
90510:5cyv4the seating of his servants1This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
90610:5fj7prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthere was no more breath in her1This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she was utterly amazed”
90710:6j9u6I heard in my own land1Alternate translation: “I heard while I was in my own land”
90810:6jsh6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysyour words and your wisdom1Here the word “wisdom” can describe the word “words.” Alternate translation: “your wise sayings”
90910:7w8cgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymymy eyes have seen it1The phrase “my eyes” emphasizes that she herself saw it. Alternate translation: “I have seen it for myself”
91010:7eha5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveNot half was told me about your wisdom and wealth1This can be stated without the passive form. Alternate translation: “They did not tell me about even half of your wisdom and wealth” or “You are much more wise and wealthy than what they told me”
91110:8p6v2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomwho constantly stand before you1This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who are always in your presence waiting to serve you”
91210:9jp39rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveMay Yahweh your God be praised1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh your God”
91310:9vgv4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywho placed you on the throne of Israel1The throne is a metonym for the king who sits on it. Alternate translation: “who made you king of Israel”
91410:10nkd9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers120 talents of gold1“one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
91510:10qy6hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveNo greater amount of spices … was ever given to him again1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one ever again gave to King Solomon more spices than the queen of Sheba gave to him”
91610:11ss8lrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownalmug wood1a type of wood, possibly one with a pleasant scent
91710:12w9a9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheThe king made1It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king told his people to make”
91810:12k51brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveor been seen again1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nor has anyone ever seen such a great quantity again”
91910:12l6t4to this day1This means to the day that the author was writing this.
92010:13k6r5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismeverything she wished for, whatever she asked1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
92110:13yw6rof his royal bounty1Alternate translation: “because as king he had so much”
92210:14s28zin one year1“each year.” This refers to every year of Solomons reign, and not to just one time.
92310:14wr4krc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers666 talents of gold1“six hundred sixty-six.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “almost 22,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
92410:16ur9krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheKing Solomon made1It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “King Solomons men made”
92510:16dc4krc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwo hundred large shields1“200 large shields”
92610:16qcy8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweightSix hundred shekels of gold1A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “About 6.6 kilograms of gold” or “Six and one half kilograms of gold”
92710:16eu65Six hundred shekels1Because the word “shekels” does not appear here in the Hebrew text, some modern versions assume instead the unit of bekah, which was equivalent to only a half shekel. Any version making this assumption would signal a metric equivalent of about three kilograms.
92810:17zp6brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheHe also made1It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The kings men also made”
92910:17x89drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersthree hundred shields1“300 shields”
93010:17x1m1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweightThree minas of gold1A mina is a unit of weight equal to about 550 grams. Alternate translation: “About 1.7 kilograms of gold” or “One and three-quarters kilograms of gold”
93110:17ii47the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon1“the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md).
93210:18rq21rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochethe king made1It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped the king do this. Alternate translation: “the kings men made”
93310:18bcw6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownthrone of ivory1Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals.
93410:21ky1ithe Palace of the Forest of Lebanon1“the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md).
93510:22b4zxrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownivory1Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 10:18](../10/18.md).
93610:22qu73rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownapes and baboons1These animals live wild in Africa. At the ends of their four limbs are what look like human hands and feet, and they have long tails. Some people consider baboons a type of ape.
93710:24d3dlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleAll the earth1This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “People from everywhere” or “People from many different places”
93810:24a1m3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymysought the presence of Solomon1The presence of the person is a metonym for being able to speak and listen to the person. Alternate translation: “sought an audience with Solomon” or “wanted to visit Solomon”
93910:24en9crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyto hear his wisdom, which God had put in his heart1The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and is spoken of as if it were a container. Here, **wisdom** is spoken of as if it were an object that could be put in a container and can be translated as an adjective. It can be a metonym for either the person or the words the person speaks. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to hear his wisdom, which God had given him” or “to hear how wise God had enabled him to be” or “to hear him speak the wise words that God had enabled him to speak”
94010:26d168rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers1,400 chariots and twelve thousand horsemen1“one thousand four hundred chariots and 12,000 horsemen”
94110:27hi32rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleThe king had silver in Jerusalem, as much as the stones on the ground1The narrator uses exaggeration to emphasize the great amount of silver that was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The king had so much silver in Jerusalem, it was like there was as much silver as there was stones on the ground”
94210:28qm3hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewere imported from Egypt1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that his merchants had bought from people in Egypt”
94310:28hmd8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesKue1This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor.
94410:29a9idrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveChariots were purchased1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants purchased chariots”
94510:29m334rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweightsix hundred shekels of silver & 150 shekels1A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms”
94610:29z3uurc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberssix hundred shekels of silver1“600 shekels of silver”
94710:29ce7hrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers150 shekels1“one hundred and fifty shekels”
94810:29e5bhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveMany of these were then sold1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these”
94911:introabcb0# 1 Kings 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 111)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Intermarriage with Gentiles\n\nGod had told the people of Israel in Mosess law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
95011:1i6y4Now King Solomon1The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
95111:1rz6nrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesMoabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites1These are names of people groups.
95211:2u5n2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyturn your heart to their gods1To “turn someones heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
95311:3pv2yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersseven hundred royal wives and three hundred concubines1“700 royal wives and 300 concubines”
95411:3l6qfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitturned his heart away1To “turn someones heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “turned his heart away from Yahweh” or “persuaded him to stop worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95511:4d7qtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhis heart was not fully surrendered … as was the heart of David1To “surrender” your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “he was not fully devoted … as was David”
95611:5u9ifrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAshtoreth … Molech1These are the names of false gods.
95711:5pjt2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesSidonians1This is the name of a people group.
95811:5ucx3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-nameshe followed Molech1Some version render this as “Milcom.”
95911:6irv2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someones opinion. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil”
96011:7tm2src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesChemosh … Molech1These are the names of false gods.
96111:8pkl8sacrificed to their gods at them1Here the words “at them” refer to the shrines that Solomon built.
96211:9c133rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomhis heart had turned away from him1The words “his heart had turned” refer to his having changed allegiance and affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “Solomon had stopped worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
96311:9h8swhe had appeared to him twice1Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appeared to Solomon twice”
96411:11xd9urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphortear the kingdom from you1To “tear from” is to forcefully remove. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom from you”
96511:12d4rprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe hand of your son1The word “hand” refers to control, authority and power. Alternate translation: “your sons control”
96611:14gu9wrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesHadad1This is the name of a man.
96711:16gn6irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheJoab and all Israel1The words “all Israel” refer to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “Joab and all of the Israelite army”
96811:17dd34rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveBut Hadad was taken with other Edomites by his fathers servants1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “But the servants of Hadads father took him with other Edomites”
96911:18vp1vThey left Midian1Here the word “They” refers to Hadad and the other Edomites mentioned in [1 Kings 11:17](../11/17.md).
97011:18g3dyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesMidian … Paran … Egypt1These are the names of places.
97111:19vy6vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesTahpenes1This is the name of a woman.
97211:20cu24rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesTahpenes1This is the name of a woman.
97311:20kna5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesHadad … Genubath1These are names of men.
97411:21ub66rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismDavid had lain down with his ancestors1This is a polite way of saying David was dead. Alternate translation: “David had died”
97511:23gw5vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesRezon … Eliada … Hadadezer1These are names of men.
97611:23nuu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesZobah1This is the name of a location.
97711:24g294rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesZobah … Damascus1These are names of locations.
97811:24xw9zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochewhen David defeated1Here “David” refers to David and his army. Alternate translation: “when Davids army overcame”
97911:25c11urc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAram1This is the name of a location.
98011:25uqb4all the days of Solomon1Alternate translation: “during the time that Solomon was alive” or “all the days of Solomons life”
98111:25q4nxRezon abhorred Israel1Alternate translation: “Rezon hated Israel very much”
98211:26my6src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesJeroboam … Nebat1These are names of men.
98311:26p4a7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesZeredah1This is the name of a location.
98411:26dp3drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesZeruah1This is the name of a woman.
98511:26t72jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymylifted up his hand against the king1The word “hand” refers to authority, power and control. The phrase “lifted up against” refers to having opposed someone by using authority, power and control. This is a metonym used as a common idiom. Alternate translation: “rebelled against the king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
98611:27zc8gSolomon had built up the place located at Millo1Translate “Millo” as in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md).
98711:28y6gaa mighty man of valor1This could mean: (1) “a great warrior” or (2) “a very capable man” or (3) “a wealthy and influential man.”
98811:28kz58he gave him command1Alternate translation: “he made him commander”
98911:28xb54rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyall the labor1The word “labor” refers to the work that Solomon commanded the people to do for his government. This is a metonym.
99011:28hea7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe house of Joseph1This refers to the descendants of Joseph who were the people groups of Ephraim and Manasseh. This is a metonym.
99111:29ijr8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAhijah1This is the name of a man.
99211:29e5f2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShilonite1The Shilonites are a people group.
99311:31b9tkHe said1Here the word “He” refers to Ahijah.
99411:31zw4erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphortear the kingdom out1Here “tear … out” is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom out”
99511:31ei9mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe hand of Solomon1Here “hand” is a metonym that refers to a persons authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “Solomons control”
99611:32m8jsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymySolomon will have1The name “Solomon” here is a metonym referring to his descendants. Alternate translation: “Solomons sons will have” or “Solomons descendants will have”
99711:33f1ierc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAshtoreth … Chemosh … Molech1These are the names of false gods.
99811:33wij3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesSidonians … Moab … Ammon1These are the names of locations and the people groups that live there.
99911:33ebs4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywhat is right in my eyes1“Eyes” here is a metonym for someones opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. Alternate translation: “what I consider to be right” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
100011:34i3w3I will not take1Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh.
100111:34e7rwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyout of Solomons hand1Here the word “hand” is a metonym that refers to a persons authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “out of Solomons control”
100211:35u6eyI will give it to you1Here the word “you” refers to Jeroboam.
100311:36nvf4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymymay always have a lamp before me1The word “lamp” is a metonym that refers to a persons influence and guidance. Alternate translation: “will always have a descendant to rule as an influence and a guide for obeying my covenant with Davids family”
100411:37zb1tI will take you1Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh and the word “you” refers to Jeroboam.
100511:38z9vjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywhat is right in my eyes1The word “eyes” here is a metonym for someones opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:33](../11/33.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
100611:38zk8xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbuild you a sure house1The clause “build a house” is a metaphor for establishing descendants from that time on. Alternate translation: “establish for you a lasting kingdom”
100711:40m9v1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShishak1This is the name of a man.
100811:41cf3zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of Solomon?1This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you can find them in the book of the events of Solomon.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
100911:41yk5pthe book of the events of Solomon1This book no longer exists.
101011:43wer1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorHe slept with his ancestors and he was buried1The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
101111:43ttg1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivehe was buried1This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
101212:introabcc0# 1 Kings 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Civil war\n\nThis chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel splits\n\nGods warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])\n\n### Jeroboam introduces calf worship\n\nJeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your fathers hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my fathers waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
101312:1rer8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheall Israel was coming1Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
101412:2kgj5It happened that1This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
101512:2s9f6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesJeroboam … Nebat1These are the names of men.
101612:3hs1vcalled him1Here the word “him” refers to Jeroboam.
101712:4nt4brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphormade our yoke heavy1A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. Alternate translation: “treated us cruelly” or “forced us to work very hard”
101812:6b1curc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe old men who had stood before Solomon1To “stand before” is an idiom for serving the king in his presence. Alternate translation: “the old men who counseled Solomon” or “the old men who attended to Solomon”
101912:9w13arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorLighten the yoke that your father put on us1To “lighten the yoke” is a metaphor to represent lifting of the burden. Alternate translation: “Do not treat us as cruelly as your father did” or “Do not force us to work as hard as your father did”
102012:10f3lxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorMy little finger is thicker than my fathers waist1This metaphor means that Rehoboam is more cruel and intimidating than his father. Alternate translation: “What I will do to make your burden heavier is much more than what my father put on you”
102112:11p1d4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorMy father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions1This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment”
102212:11y1yhpunish you with scorpions1The word **scorpions** may refer to: (1) a whip with sharp metal barbs on the end or (2) a spider-like creature that has a poisonous sting.
102312:14akf3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorburdened you with a heavy yoke1A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:4](../12/04.md). Alternate translation: “treated you cruelly” or “forced you to work very hard”
102412:14m7vyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorMy father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions1This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:11](../12/11.md). Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment”
102512:15tz7urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomit was a turn of events brought about by Yahweh1This is an idiom and can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused things to happen like this” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
102612:15k3cfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomhis word that he had spoken by Ahijah … to Jeroboam1The idiom “had spoken by” someone refers to giving someone a message to tell others.
102712:15cf34rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAhijah … Jeroboam … Nebat1These are the names of men.
102812:15e3zerc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShilonite1This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh.
102912:16xhj1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheall Israel1Here “Israel” represents all he men of Israel capable of fighting. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
103012:16k5yxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionWhat share do we have in David?1“Share” here is a metonym meaning a part, involvement, or interest. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: “We will have no part in the family of David.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
103112:16b5flrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyWe have no inheritance in the son of Jesse1“Son of Jesse” here is a metonym for David, a son of Jesse. “Inheritance” is a metonym for the part left for these people from Davids successes. Alternate translation: “We will have nothing to do with the descendants of Jesse”
103212:16u1a1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyGo to your tents, Israel1“Tents” here is a metonym representing a persons place of residence. Alternate translation: “Go to your homes, people of Israel”
103312:16l1mnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyNow see to your own house, David1“House” here is a metonym for Davids lineage of power and prestige. Alternate translation: “Now take care of your own kingdom, descendant of David”
103412:18qw63rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAdoniram1This is the name of a man.
103512:18nf44rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyall Israel1Here “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were there” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
103612:19e9fgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe house of David1Here “house” is a metonym that represents family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David”
103712:19wki7to this day1“ever since that time.” This refers to the time that the writer was actually writing this.
103812:20ek8hIt happened that1This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
103912:20xsq2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochewhen all Israel heard1“All Israel” here is a generalization that means the capable men of Israel who represent the rest of the people by a synecdoche. Alternate translation: “when all the leaders of Israel heard” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
104012:20q57frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitking over all Israel1“Israel” implicitly means the northern ten tribes that rebelled against Rehoboam. Alternate translation: “king over all of the 10 tribes of Israel”
104112:20e94pthe family of David1Alternate translation: “Davids descendants”
104212:21bcr4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyall the house of Judah and the tribe of Benjamin1Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. And, here “tribe” refers specifically to the soldiers from those tribes. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin”
104312:21sx4rrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers180,000 chosen men1“one hundred eighty thousand chosen men”
104412:21va9yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe house of Israel1Here “house” represents the kingdom made up of the 10 northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of the northern tribes of Israel”
104512:22lz9drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe word of God came … it said1This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “God spoke this message … and he said” or “God spoke these words … and he said”
104612:22bf83rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShemaiah1This is the name of a man.
104712:22t1dqthe man of God1The expression “man of God” is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the man who belongs to God” or “the prophet of God”
104812:23v1cqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyall the house of Judah and Benjamin1Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. Alternate translation: “all the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin”
104912:24s1c7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletyour brothers the people of Israel1The words “brothers” and “people of Israel” are a doublet that refer to the men of the ten northern tribes and emphasize the family relationship between them and the tribes of Judah and Benjamin.
105012:24kwz5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivefor this thing has been made to happen by me1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because I have made this thing happen”
105112:26ul7wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythought in his heart1“Heart” here is a metonym for a persons inner consciousness, thoughts, motivation, or feelings. Alternate translation: “thought to himself”
105212:26ek8xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe house of David1Here “house” is a metonym representing family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David”
105312:27t95uIf these people go up1The words “these people” refer to the people of the northern ten tribes of Israel.
105412:27jw8jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe heart of these people1“Heart” here is a metonym for the peoples allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “the allegiance of these people”
105512:27vzl3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismturn again to their master, to Rehoboam king of Judah … return to Rehoboam king of Judah1These phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize Jeroboams fear that the people would turn again to Rehoboam as king.
105612:28aag1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymybrought you up1“You” here is a metonym for the ancestors of the people. Alternate translation: “brought your ancestors up”
105712:31mi56rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyJeroboam made houses on high places1The workers who did this at Jeroboams commands are represented by the metonym of the name of Jeroboam himself. Alternate translation: “Jeroboams workers made houses on high places”
105812:31d1nxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicithouses on high places1The implied information is that these were houses of worship. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on high places”
105912:31q1htmade priests1Alternate translation: “appointed men to be priests”
106012:32t9dtrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonthsin the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month1This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of November on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on the fifteenth day of the eighth month” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
106112:32f8e9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomwent up to the altar1“Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar”
106212:33t8tbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomwent up to the altar1“Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar”
106312:33uh1vin the month he had planned in his own mind1Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined”
106413:introabcd0# 1 Kings 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two parts: The young prophets warning to Jeroboam (110) and the old prophets deception (1134). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Obeying God\n\nPeople should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is Gods will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
106513:1xe5mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitA man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel1The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
106613:1gc3yA man of God1This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
106713:1zw3acame out of Judah1Alternate translation: “came from Judah”
106813:1y888the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahwehs message”
106913:2w431He cried against the altar1Here “He” refers to the man of God.
107013:2j9hbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomcried against the altar1This means he prophesied toward the altar in a loud and condemning voice. Alternate translation: “prophesied loudly toward the altar”
107113:2b5kxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostropheAltar, altar1The prophet spoke to the altar as if it were a person who could hear him. He said this twice for emphasis. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
107213:2xz9xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymya son named Josiah will be born to the family of David1Here the “family of David” refers to the descendants of David. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David will have a son named Josiah” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
107313:2rc7mthey will burn1Here “they” refers to Josiah and the people with him.
107413:3z5tyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe altar will be split apart, and the ashes on it will be poured out1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will split the altar apart and the ashes on it will fall to the ground”
107513:4vle1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe hand with which he had reached out against the man dried up1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh dried up the hand with which he had reached out against the man”
107613:4zft3dried up1Alternate translation: “withered” or “became paralyzed”
107713:5pg6irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe altar was also split apart1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh also split the altar apart”
107813:5r5aarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveas described by the sign that the man of God had given by the word of Yahweh1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the man of God had described by the word of Yahweh as a sign”
107913:5u4wwthe word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahwehs message”
108013:6y2garc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsPlead for the favor of Yahweh your God1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **favor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Plead that Yahweh your God may favor me”
108113:6mlb5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivemy hand may be restored to me again1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may restore my hand”
108213:6whk6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe kings hand was restored to him again, and it became as it was before1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh restored the kings hand and made it as it was before”
108313:7hp7crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsCome home with me and refresh yourself1The word “yourself” is a reflexive pronoun. Alternate translation: “Come home with me and eat some food”
108413:8m4nshalf your possessions1Alternate translation: “half of your house”
108513:9cz7lYou will eat no bread nor drink water, nor return by the way that you came1Alternate translation: “Do not eat bread, drink water, or return by the way that you came”
108613:10zph8left another way1Alternate translation: “went a different way”
108713:12ujg1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicithis sons had seen the way1The implied information is that the sons also told their father which way the man of God went.
108813:13heb1Saddle1This means to place a seat on the back of an animal so a person can ride on it.
108913:14ijy3The old prophet1This refers to the prophet who lived in Bethel.
109013:14iz7yhe said to him1Alternate translation: “the old prophet said to the man of God”
109113:14z6cqHe answered1Alternate translation: “The man of God answered”
109213:16r6glgo in with you1Alternate translation: “go into your house”
109313:16tlu7in this place1Alternate translation: “in Bethel”
109413:17lc3frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveit was commanded to me by the word of Yahweh1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded me by his word”
109513:17h2f5the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahwehs message”
109613:18z9esan angel spoke to me by the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “an angel delivered to me a message from Yahweh”
109713:18nn2dby the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahwehs message”
109813:20jm5rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitAs they sat at the table1The implied information is that they were still eating and drinking at the table. Alternate translation: “As they were eating and drinking at the table”
109913:20gh86rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe word of Yahweh came to the prophet1The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to the prophet” or “Yahweh spoke this message to the prophet”
110013:20smt3brought him back1Here the word “him” refers to the man of God.
110113:21t7yrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomcame from Judah, saying, “Yahweh1The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” in the previous verse is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “came from Judah. He said, Yahweh” or “came from Judah: Yahweh”
110213:21ka7nhe cried to the man of God1Alternate translation: “the prophet spoke loudly to the man of God”
110313:21c5k8Because you have been disobedient to the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “Because you have not obeyed the word of Yahweh”
110413:23yg23the prophet saddled the donkey1This means he placed a seat on the back of the donkey so the man of God could ride on it. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 13:13](../13/13.md).
110513:24cs7drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivehis body was left on the road1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “left his body on the road”
110613:24b5wahis body1Alternate translation: “his dead body”
110713:25sim2they came and told it1Here “it” refers to what they had seen on the road. Alternate translation: “they came and told about what they had seen”
110813:28im6sthe body1Alternate translation: “the dead body of the man of God”
110913:28s3e9left in the road1Alternate translation: “lying in the road”
111013:29f12jtook up1Alternate translation: “lifted up”
111113:29v8rdthe body1Alternate translation: “the dead body”
111213:30m79ythey mourned1Here the word “they” refers to the prophet and his sons.
111313:30s4c8Woe, my brother!1The word “Woe” here is an expression of great sorrow.
111413:31mwf5he had buried him1Here the word “he” refers to the old prophet and the word “him” refers to the man of God.
111513:31h3msrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheLay my bones beside his bones1Here “my bones” represents his entire body. Alternate translation: “Lay my dead body beside his bones”
111613:32cl38rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicithouses on the high places1The implied information is that these were houses of worship. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on the high places”
111713:34u6v6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThis matter became sin to the family of Jeroboam1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jeroboams family sinned by doing this thing”
111813:34u16aThis matter1This phrase refers to Jeroboams setting up shrines and appointing priests.
111913:34ab53rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivecaused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboams family”
112013:34p7vmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletto be destroyed and to be exterminated1These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed”
112114:introabce0# 1 Kings 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboams son (118). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (2031).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The death of Jeroboams son\nGod knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool Gods prophet. Jeroboams son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboams wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboams family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Rehoboams reign\nWhen Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
112214:2qek9disguise yourself1Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others”
112314:2dqs3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveyou will not be recognized1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you”
112414:5gqa2Look, the wife of Jeroboam1Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.”
112514:5j3d5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounscoming to seek advice from you1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **advice**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “coming to ask you to advise her”
112614:5yfs2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomSay such and such to her1The words “such and such” mean that Yahweh told Ahijah what to say. Alternate translation: “Speak in this way to her”
112714:6ua5qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionWhy do you pretend to be someone you are not?1This question shows that Ahijah knew she was disguised. Alternate translation: “Stop pretending to be someone else; I know who you are.”
112814:6d37arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveI have been sent to you with bad news1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told me to give you bad news”
112914:7yfv3I raised you1Alternate translation: “I exalted you”
113014:8dpr3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorI tore the kingdom away1God forcefully removed most of the kingdom like a person tears a piece of cloth.
113114:8bf17followed me1Alternate translation: “obeyed me”
113214:8gar7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywith all his heart1Here the “heart” refers to a persons will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all his will” or “with complete commitment”
113314:8q6zirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was right in my eyes1The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what I judged to be right” or “what I considered to be right”
113414:9u58xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorthrust me behind your back1Jeroboam has disrespected Yahweh like a person throws away something that is not wanted. Alternate translation: “completely rejected me”
113514:10jtx8look1“pay attention.” This word is added to indicate that what follows is important.
113614:10fi6erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismI will cut off … and will completely remove1These two phrases are very similar in meaning and are repeated for emphasis.
113714:10yn7wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorcut off from you every male child in Israel1Yahweh speaks of destroying Jeroboams family and preventing him from having any descendants as if he were cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel”
113814:10zd2erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-similewill completely remove your family, like someone who burns up dung until it is gone1This simile compares the removal of every descendant of Jeroboam with the complete burning up of dung that was mixed with straw, dried, and burned for fuel.
113914:11e4g6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveAnyone who belongs to your family who dies in the city will be eaten by dogs1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Dogs will eat anyone who belongs to your family and who dies in the city”
114014:11vp8mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveanyone who dies in the field will be eaten by the birds of the heavens1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the birds of the heavens will eat anyone who dies in the field”
114114:12nm7yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochewhen your feet enter the city1The word “feet” here is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “when you enter the city”
114214:13pc5prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleAll Israel1This is a generalization that means the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Israelite people”
114314:13und5go into a grave1Alternate translation: “be buried in a grave”
114414:13y175rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyout of Jeroboams house1The word “house” here is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “in all of Jeroboams family”
114514:13g2narc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwas anything good found in the sight of Yahweh, the God of Israel1The sight of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment or evaluation. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did Yahweh, the God of Israel, find anything he judged to be good” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
114614:14j5k3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorcut off the family of Jeroboam1The writer speaks of the new king of Israel destroying Jeroboams family and preventing him from having any descendants like one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy the descendants of Jeroboam”
114714:15li45rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileYahweh will attack Israel as a reed is shaken in the water1The writer here uses a simile to express how Yahweh will bring judgment on the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will attack the people of Israel as a reed is shaken in the water”
114814:15ul1src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveas a reed is shaken in the water1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a river of water shakes a reed”
114914:15fha5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorhe will root up Israel out of this good land1Yahweh compares Israel with a plant that he will tear out of the ground by its roots. Alternate translation: “he will remove the people of Israel from this good land”
115014:15h592scatter them1Alternate translation: “disperse them”
115114:17w3yyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesTirzah1This is the name of the city where king Jeroboam lived.
115214:18tt3krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleAll Israel buried him and mourned for him1This is a generalization that means the people of Israel buried him and mourned for him. Alternate translation: “A great number of the people of Israel were present when people buried him, and the people of Israel mourned for him”
115314:18h95xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivejust as it was told to them by the word of Yahweh1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh told them”
115414:18be92by the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “by the message of Yahweh” or “in Yahwehs message”
115514:19yrn5see1Alternate translation: “look” or “see for yourself”
115614:19z8ibrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethey are written in1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you can find them written in” or “someone has written about them in”
115714:19bn67the book of the events of the kings of Israel1This refers to a book that no longer exists.
115814:20srn1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwenty-two years1“22 years”
115914:20wjl3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorslept with his ancestors1Jeroboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
116014:21q3tprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersforty-one years old … seventeen years1“41 years old … 17 years”
116114:21j1gbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyin which to put his name1Here “put his name” is a metonym for “dwell” and refers to the temple where Yahweh was to be worshiped. Alternate translation: “in which to dwell” or “in which to be worshiped”
116214:21f2e3His mothers name1Here the word “His” refers to Rehoboam.
116314:21g2icrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesNaamah1This is a womans name.
116414:22gl83rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyJudah did1Here “Judah” represents the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah did”
116514:22x9gxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The “sight” of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahwehs judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil”
116614:22v839rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsthey provoked him to jealousy1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **jealousy**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “they made him jealous”
116714:22ms6itheir fathers1Alternate translation: “their ancestors”
116814:23p8skFor they also built1The word “they” here refers to the people of Judah.
116914:23chb2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymybuilt for themselves1The words “for themselves” are a metonym for what they will do with the high places. Alternate translation: “built for their own use” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
117014:23m593rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleon every high hill and under every green tree1This is likely to be an exaggeration that indicates there were many places like these for false worship all over the country. Alternate translation: “on the high hills and under the green trees”
117114:24k9yecultic prostitutes1“religious prostitutes” or “male prostitutes.” This probably refers to male prostitutes who were associated with idol worship.
117214:24sd6grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe same despicable practices as the nations that1Here the word “nations” represents the people in those nations. Alternate translation: “the same disgusting things that the people did, whom”
117314:25bd5wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitin the fifth year of King Rehoboam1This refers to the fifth year of Rehoboams reign as king. Alternate translation: “in the fifth year that Rehoboam was king”
117414:25r9etrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalin the fifth year1“in year 5”
117514:25ims7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheShishak king of Egypt came up against Jerusalem1“Shishak king of Egypt” represents himself along with the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Shishak king of Egypt, and his army with him, came up against Jerusalem”
117614:25gj7wrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShishak1This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:40](../11/40.md).
117714:25ly55rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomcame up against1This is an idiom that means marched against or attacked. Alternate translation: “came to attack”
117814:26e4q1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleHe took everything away1This is a generalization that indicates every valuable thing that could be found was taken away. Alternate translation: “He took away many valuable things”
117914:26ft41rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheHe took1The word “He” represents Shishak and the soldiers who were with him. Alternate translation: “Shishak and his army took”
118014:26h6p9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythat Solomon had made1Here “Solomon” refers to the craftsmen who worked for Solomon to make the shields. Alternate translation: “that Solomon had his workers make”
118114:27q3gerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyKing Rehoboam made shields1Here “King Rehoboam” represents the persons who worked for him to make the shields. Alternate translation: “King Rehoboams workers made shields”
118214:27hr79in their place1Alternate translation: “in place of the shields of gold”
118314:27xtu7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyentrusted them into the hands of the commanders1Here “hands” represents care or responsibility. Alternate translation: “made them the responsibility of the commanders”
118414:27wwb3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywho guarded the doors to the kings house1Here “doors” represents the entrance. Alternate translation: “who guarded the entrance to the kings house”
118514:28xyg7the guards would carry them1Alternate translation: “the guards would carry the shields of bronze”
118614:29p36wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?1This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
118714:29fs5wthe book of the events of the kings of Judah1This refers to a book that no longer exists.
118814:30t5f2There was constant warfare1Alternate translation: “There was continuing war” or “There were constant battles”
118914:30cq7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochewarfare between Rehoboam and Jeroboam1The names of the kings represent themselves and their armies. Alternate translation: “the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam fought in battle again and again” or “Rehoboam and his people and Jeroboam and his people engaged in battle continually”
119014:31jkz7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorslept with his ancestors1Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
119114:31njq1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewas buried with them1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
119214:31pki8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesNaamah1This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md).
119314:31t2h3Abijah his son1Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam”
119414:31xgz7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbecame king in his place1The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam”
119515:introabcf0# 1 Kings 15 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nJudah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “But the shrines were not taken away.”\nAt the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiahs reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
119615:1ms3brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitIn the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat1This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboams reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years”
119715:1njh8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersIn the eighteenth year1“In year 18”
119815:3hlc3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorHe walked in all the sins1Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins”
119915:3cm11rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitthat his father had committed before his time1Since these verses refer to several kings, it may help to include the name of Abijahs father. This information can be made clear. AT “that his father, Rehoboam, had committed before Abijahs time”
120015:3v4psrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicithis time1This phrase represents the time that he was king. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “before Abijah was king”
120115:3p8rmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochehis heart was not devoted … as the heart of David1The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Abijah was not devoted … as David”
120215:4qbs7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorgave him a lamp in Jerusalem1The word “lamp” here represents a descendant who would be king as David was. Alternate translation: “gave David a descendant to rule in Jerusalem”
120315:4t1tlby raising up his son after him1Alternate translation: “by raising up Abijahs son after him” or “by giving Abijah a son”
120415:5al5urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was right in his eyes1The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right”
120515:5k5rnfor all the days of his life1Alternate translation: “the whole time that David lived” or “throughout Davids whole life”
120615:5z4w5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorhe had not turned away from anything that he commanded him1Turning away from a command represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “David did not disobey anything that God commanded him”
120715:5w6djrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitexcept only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite1This is a general way to refer to the situation with Uriah. It can be stated more clearly what this matter was. Alternate translation: “except for what he did to Uriah the Hittite” or “except when he caused Uriah the Hittite to be killed”
120815:6n25zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochebetween Rehoboam and Jeroboam1These kings represent themselves and their armies. Rehoboam was Abijahs father. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam”
120915:6c8zyall the days of Abijahs life1Alternate translation: “the whole time that Abijah lived”
121015:7sm1jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?1This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.”
121115:7s4girc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?1This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.”
121215:7yd6zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochebetween Abijah and Jeroboam1The names “Abijah” and “Jeroboam” represent the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Abijah and Jeroboam”
121315:8p4ezrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorAbijah slept with his ancestors1In this euphemism, sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Abijah died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Abaijah died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
121415:8mnv2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbecame king in his place1The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah”
121515:9s2q2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitIn the twentieth year of Jeroboam king of Israel1This refers to the twentieth year of Jeroboams reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost twenty years”
121615:9ijk4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersIn the twentieth year1“In year 20”
121715:10u261rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersforty-one years1“41 years”
121815:11yb2arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was right in the eyes of Yahweh1The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Asas actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right”
121915:12vv3ythe cultic prostitutes1This probably refers to prostitutes who were associated with idol worship and who were all men. Alternate translation: “religious prostitutes” or “the prostitutes who worked for idols” or “male prostitutes”
122015:13mg96rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyAsa cut down the disgusting figure1Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: “Asa caused the disgusting figure to be cut down” or “Asa made them cut down the disgusting figure”
122115:14r4zrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveBut the high places were not taken away1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Asa did not command the people to take away the high places”
122215:14s4gjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheAsas heart was completely devoted1The heart represents the person. Alternate translation: “Asa was completely devoted”
122315:14t6x3all his days1Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life”
122415:16tn4rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitall their days1This refers to the entire time they reigned as kings. Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel”
122515:17n79tacted aggressively against Judah1Alternate translation: “attacked Judah”
122615:17sg29rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitbuilt up Ramah1It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah”
122715:18b51erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe put it into the hands of his servants1Putting things in their hands represents giving those things to them. It is implied that they would do with it what he wanted them to do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He entrusted it to his servants” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
122815:18mgp9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe said1This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad” or “Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
122915:19k8circ://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorLet there be a covenant between me and you1A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other” or “Let us make a peace treaty”
123015:19jvl5Look, I1Alternate translation: “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I”
123115:19rwr8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorBreak your covenant with Baasha king of Israel1Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: “Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel” or “Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him”
123215:19j9mjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitBreak your covenant with Baasha king of Israel1Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel, and attack Israel”
123315:21wf5gIt came about that1This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
123415:21n32wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhe stopped building up Ramah1King Baasha did this by telling his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “he had his workers stop building up Ramah”
123515:21lb5iTirzah1This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
123615:22gnh4No one was exempted1This can also be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Every one had to obey King Asas proclamation”
123715:23w5txrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?1This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah”
123815:23w7szrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.”
123915:24tq8erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorAsa slept with his ancestors1Sleeping here is a euphemism which represents dying. Alternate translation: “Asa died as his ancestors had” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
124015:24fa26rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewas buried with them1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried him with his ancestors”
124115:24u9jwDavid his father1The word “father” here refers to an ancestor. Alternate translation: “King David, his ancestor”
124215:25y9r8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitthe second year of Asa king of Judah1This refers to the second year of Asas reign. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when Asa had been king of Judah for almost two years”
124315:25thl7he reigned over Israel two years1Alternate translation: “Nadab reigned over Israel two years”
124415:26cj46rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The sight of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahwehs judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
124515:26f53frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalked in the way of his father1Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father had done”
124615:26ebp9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorin his own sin1Walking in his own sin represents sinning in ways that were different from the ways that his father had sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned in his own ways”
124715:26wr2arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorby which he led Israel to sin1Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin”
124815:27uzg3conspired against Nadab1Alternate translation: “secretly plotted to kill King Nadab”
124915:27p5qlrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesGibbethon1This is the name of a city.
125015:27n1b5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheNadab and all Israel1“The phrase “all Israel” is a generalization that represents the many soldiers of Israel. Alternate translation: “Nadab and the many soldiers of Israel” or “Nadab and the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
125115:27n3zgwere laying siege to Gibbethon1Alternate translation: “were surrounding Gibbethon, so that the people of Gibbethon would surrender to them”
125215:28l1ajrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbecame king in his place1The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Nadab”
125315:29vp7krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismBaasha killed all the family of Jeroboam. He left none of Jeroboams descendants breathing.1These two sentences mean the same thing and are combined to emphasize his descendents were all killed.
125415:29m6jgall the family of Jeroboam1Jeroboam was King Nadabs father.
125515:29djq7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe left none of Jeroboams descendants breathing1Breathing represents being alive. Alternate translation: “He left none of Jeroboams descendants living”
125615:29zqy4his royal line1Alternate translation: “Jeroboams royal line”
125715:29w2vxjust as Yahweh had spoken by his servant Ahijah the Shilonite1In [1 Kings 14:10](../14/10.md) and [1 Kings 14:11](../14/11.md) Yahweh spoke through his prophet Ahijah and told Jeroboam that he would destroy his family.
125815:29vmg9Ahijah the Shilonite1Alternate translation: “Ahijah, who was from Shiloh”
125915:30p24yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsfor the sins of Jeroboam which he committed and by which he led Israel to sin1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because Jeroboam sinned and led Israel to sin in the same ways”
126015:30l8b6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorby which he led Israel to sin1Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do something. Alternate translation: “by which he influenced Israel to sin”
126115:31p7n1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?1This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Nadab is in this other book. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
126215:31i3dwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
126315:32fnf6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitall their days1This refers to the whole period of time that they reign as kings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:16](../15/16.md) Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel”
126415:33qka7Tirzah1This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
126515:34j9xvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The sight of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahwehs judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
126615:34i9dhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalked in the way of Jeroboam1Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done”
126715:34w9fqin his sin by which he led Israel to sin1Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
126815:34yq78rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorby which he led Israel to sin1Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin”
126916:introabcg0# 1 Kings 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Incorrect worship\n\nThe prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baashas son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omris son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
127016:1kf7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomThe word of Yahweh came1This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message”
127116:2rjv3Although I exalted you1This is Gods message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
127216:2pn3urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorI exalted you out of the dust1“I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important”
127316:2ygn2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphoryou have walked in the way of Jeroboam1Walking represents behaving. Jeroboam and Baasha both sinned. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “you have done the same things that Jeroboam did” or “you have sinned as Jeroboam sinned” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127416:3hht4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personSee, I will completely sweep away Baasha and his family1Yahweh is speaking to Baasha, and the phrase “his family” refers to Baashas family. This can be translated using the words “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “Listen, Baasha. I will completely sweep away you and your family”
127516:3v2qhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorI will completely sweep away1Sweeping away represents destroying. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy”
127616:5t3j3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?1This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Baasha is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
127716:5l8ggrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
127816:6xf6irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorBaasha slept with his ancestors1Sleeping is a euphemism that represents dying. Alternate translation: “Baasha died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Baasha died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
127916:6fp23rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewas buried1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
128016:6s4vmTirzah1This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
128116:6wwv5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbecame king in his place1The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Baasha”
128216:7u6cgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe word of Yahweh came1This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words”
128316:7q8l2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorall the evil that he did in the sight of Yahweh1The sight of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment. Alternate translation: “all the things that Baasha that are evil in Yahwehs judgment” or “all the things that Baaha did that Yahweh considers to be evil”
128416:7cw1drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsso as to provoke him to anger1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **anger**, you can express the same idea with the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “so as to make Yahweh very angry” or “that made God very angry”
128516:7zvf1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochewith the work of his hands1Here Basha is represented by his “hands.” This speaks of all of his actions as his “work.” Alternate translation: “by the things Baasha had done”
128616:8d1yzTirzah1This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
128716:9v34cHis servant Zimri1Alternate translation: “Elahs servant Zimri”
128816:9vbl5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymycaptain of half his chariots1The word “chariots” here represents the soldiers who drove the chariots. Alternate translation: “captain of half his chariot drivers”
128916:9b7jvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomdrinking himself drunk1This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “drinking so much wine that he was getting drunk” or “getting drunk”
129016:9x8kjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwho was over the household1Being over the household represents being in charge of the things in King Elahs house. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the things in the Elahs house”
129116:10zq6cattacked him and killed him1Alternate translation: “attacked and killed Elah”
129216:10ds8nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbecame king in his place1The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Elah”
129316:11t76cHe did not leave alive a single male1This means that he killed all the men and boys. Alternate translation: “He did not leave even one male alive”
129416:12ea4jthe word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahwehs message”
129516:12fqc5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomwhich he spoke against Baasha by Jehu the prophet1Speaking “by” a prophet represents telling a prophet to speak and the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh told Jehu the prophet to speak against Baasha”
129616:13n66krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorthey had led Israel to sin1Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “they had influenced Israel to sin”
129716:13qs12they had led Israel to sin1Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes of Israel. Baasha and Elah had been their king.
129816:13xwa9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitthey provoked Yahweh, the God of Israel, to anger with their idols1God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “they made Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped idols”
129916:13ny8rthe God of Israel1Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.
130016:14ft5qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionare they not written … kings of Israel?1This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Elah is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
130116:14bu87rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written … Israel?1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
130216:15uz3tTirzah1This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
130316:15r7bxthe army was camped by Gibbethon1The word “army” refers to the army of the kingdom of Israel.
130416:15ttm4Gibbethon1This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 15:27](../15/27.md).
130516:16aj11rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe army camped there heard it said1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers who camped there heard someone say”
130616:16vri9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheall Israel1Both times this phrase is used, it represents the army of Israel. Here the word “all” is a generalization meaning “most.” Alternate translation: “all the army of Israel” or “most of the soldiers in the army of Israel” or “the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
130716:18zuq8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethat the city had been taken1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Omri and the army had taken the city”
130816:19g6bsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The sight of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahwehs judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
130916:19a7t3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalking in the way of Jeroboam1Here walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “doing the same things that Jeroboam had done”
131016:19ldy3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorso as to lead Israel to sin1Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “so as to influence Israel to sin”
131116:20i7girc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitthe treason that he carried out1This treason refers to Zimris plot to kill Elah, the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “how he plotted against King Elah” or “how he killed the king of Israel”
131216:20b9u9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?1This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Zimri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
131316:20ai9urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written … Israel?1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
131416:21g8g1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorfollowed Tibni … followed Omri1Here “followed” represents supporting or wanting to make him king. Alternate translation: “supported Tibni son of Ginath, to make him king, and half supported Omri” or “wanted to make Tibni son of Ginath king, and half wanted to make Omri king”
131516:22va8cwere stronger than the people who followed Tibni1Alternate translation: “overpowered the people who followed Tibni”
131616:23g715Tirzah1This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
131716:24dcc7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShemer1This is the name of a man.
131816:24utw5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweighttwo talents of silver1You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about 66 kilograms of silver”
131916:24gm4yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyHe built a city1The word “He” refers to Omri. He commanded people to build the city. Alternate translation: “Omri had his people build a city” or “Omri commanded and his workers built a city”
132016:24mkr5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomafter the name of Shemer1This is an idiom that means “to honor Shemer” or “so that people would remember Shemer.”
132116:25q5vdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The sight of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahwehs judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
132216:26qj4krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalked in all the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat1Walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did all the same things that Jeroboam son of Nebat did”
132316:26ysn6in his sins by which he led Israel to sin1Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
132416:26kr8rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorin his sins1Possible meanings are walking in his sins represents: (1) sinning as Jeroboam sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned as Jeroboam sinned” or (2) or sinning habitually. Alternate translation: “he sinned habitually”
132516:26fza3by which he led Israel to sin1Leading people to sin represents influencing them to sin. Alternate translation: “his sins, by which he influenced Israel to sin” or “and by sinning like this, he influenced people to sin.
132616:26yj3nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitto provoke Yahweh … to be angry with their worthless idols1God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 16:13](../16/13.md). Alternate translation: “to make Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped worthless idols”
132716:26w3zcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguishtheir worthless idols1The word “worthless” here reminds people that idols are worthless because they cannot do anything. Alternate translation: “their idols, which are worthless” or “their idols, which are useless”
132816:26nw91the God of Israel1Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.
132916:27zmg3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?1This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Omri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
133016:27rt47rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written … Israel?1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
133116:28a9lerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorOmri slept with his ancestors1The euphemism “sleeping” here represents dying. Alternate translation: “Omri died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Omri died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
133216:28gt7trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorbecame king in his place1The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Omri”
133316:30q8y5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The sight of Yahweh represents Yahwehs judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahwehs judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
133416:31n5darc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitIt was to Ahab a trivial thing to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat1This implies that Ahab wanted to commit worse sins. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “It was as if Ahab thought that walking in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat was not enough”
133516:31va54rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomIt was to Ahab a trivial thing1This is an idiom. The phrase “to Ahab” means that Ahab considered or thought something. Alternate translation: “Ahab considered it a trivial thing” or “Ahab thought that it was not enough”
133616:31hhh6a trivial thing1Alternate translation: “an insignificant thing” or “not enough”
133716:31ahs1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorto walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat1Walking in Jeroboams sins represents sinning as Jeroboam had sinned. Alternate translation: “to sin as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned”
133816:31xc3mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismworshiped Baal and bowed down to him1These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to him” describes the posture that people used in worship.
133916:33bu6mthe God of Israel1Here the word “Israel” refers to the nation of Israel, which consisted of twelve tribes.
134016:33vl7qthe kings of Israel1Here the word “Israel” refers to the kingdom of Israel, which consisted of ten tribes.
134116:34f89krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorat the cost of the life of Abiram, his firstborn son1The consequence of building the city is spoken of as if it were a cost that Hiel paid. Alternate translation: “and the consequence of his sin was that Abiram, his firstborn son, died”
134216:34ph6wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorSegub, his youngest son, lost his life1Dying is spoken of as if he lost his life. Alternate translation: “Segub, his youngest son, died”
134316:34zh2dwhile he was building the gates of the city1Alternate translation: “while Hiel was building the gates of the city”
134416:34be9nin keeping with the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh”
134516:34lvt5the word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahwehs message”
134616:34zx6jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywhich he spoke by Joshua son of Nun1Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak”
134717:introabch0# 1 Kings 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 2 Kings 2)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Baal worship\n\nAhab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
134817:1brj9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesthe Tishbite1This is the name of a people group from Tishbe.
134917:1q3t1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesTishbe1This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead.
135017:1ub3qAs Yahweh, the God of Israel lives1This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
135117:1zi1brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiombefore whom I stand1This is an idiom that means “to serve.” Alternate translation: “whom I serve”
135217:1ag4ndew1drops of water that form on the plants during the night
135317:2tv69rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomThe word of Yahweh came1This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message”
135417:3nq5erc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesKerith1This is the name of a very small stream.
135517:4v8hkIt will happen that1This phrase is used to introduce how Yahweh will take care of Elijah during the drought. Alternate translation: “There”
135617:4h5ywrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownravens1large, black birds
135717:5vf5mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyas the word of Yahweh commanded1Here “the word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded”
135817:5a3bcrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesthe brook Kerith1This is the name of a very small stream. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 17:2](../17/02.md).
135917:7tr8kin the land1Alternate translation: “in that area” or “in that country”
136017:8jh2hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomThe word of Yahweh came1This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message”
136117:8rd8pcame to him1Here the word “him” refers to Elijah.
136217:9l4d5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesZarephath1This is a town.
136317:9cd5nLook, I1Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: I”
136417:12ve6zAs Yahweh your God lives1This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what she will say is true.
136517:12rx57only a handful of meal1Alternate translation: “only a little bit of meal”
136617:12y3lhmeal1“flour.” This what is used to make bread.
136717:12zu4dSee, I1Alternate translation: “Let me tell you what I am doing: I”
136817:12p5dbrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwo sticks1This may refer to two sticks or to only a few sticks.
136917:12b86lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitthat we may eat it, and die1It is implied that they will die because they do not have anymore food. Alternate translation: “that we may eat. Afterwards, we will starve to death”
137017:13ccq3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitafterward make some for you and for your son1It is implicit that there would be enough flour and oil to make more bread.
137117:14pej5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomYahweh sends rain1This is an idiom that means Yahweh causes it to rain. Alternate translation: “Yahweh causes rain to fall”
137217:15vbj6She and Elijah, along with her household, ate for many days1In the original language it says, “And she and he and her household ate for many days.” It is unclear who “he” is. This could mean: (1) Elijah, the widow, and her son ate for many days or (2) the widow, her son, and everyone living in her house ate for many days or (3) Elijah, the widow, and everyone living in her house ate for many days.
137317:15ziz7along with her household1Possible meanings for **household** are: (1) this refers only to the widows son or (2) this refers to other people who live in her house but are not named in the story or (3) this refers to her son and others living in her house.
137417:16x364rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyjust as the word of Yahweh had said1Here “word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said”
137517:17bp54the womans son, the woman who owned the house1Alternate translation: “the son of the woman who owned the house”
137617:17g2eyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismthere was no more breath left in him1This is a polite way of saying the boy died. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died”
137717:18a1ddman of God1The phrase “man of God” is another title for a prophet.
137817:18c2gxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounof my sin1This means sins in general not a specific sin. Alternate translation: “of my sins”
137917:19a6d1where he was staying1Here “he” refers to Elijah.
138017:19v27lon his own bed1Here “his” refers to Elijah.
138117:20q8bcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionhave you also brought disaster on the widow with whom I am staying, by killing her son?1This could mean: (1) Elijah is truly asking a question. Alternate translation: “why would you cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” or (2) Elijah uses a question to express how sad he is. Alternate translation: “surely, you would not cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son”
138217:20lhy9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorhave you also brought disaster on the widow1Causing the widow to suffer is spoken of as if “disaster” were an object that is placed on the widow.
138317:20h37talso brought disaster1Here “also” means in addition to the disaster that the drought has caused.
138417:21swr1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomstretched himself on the child1This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “lay on top of the child”
138517:22h2wprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyYahweh listened to the voice of Elijah1Here “voice” represents what Elijah prayed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh answered Elijahs prayer”
138617:22nv6brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismthe life of the child returned to him, and he revived1These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “the child came back to life” or “the child lived again”
138717:23aut1his room1Here “his” refers to Elijah.
138817:23e1teSee, your son is alive1The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
138917:24m6ycrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe word of Yahweh in your mouth is true1“the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true”
139018:introabci0# 1 Kings 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Baal\n\nGod proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Humor\n\nElijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
139118:1l7swrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe word of Yahweh came1This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word”
139218:1q2bysend rain on the land1Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land”
139318:2lc7krc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundnow the famine was severe1The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria.
139418:3c24pNow Obadiah honored Yahweh1The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story.
139518:4i9amrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersone hundred prophets and hid them by fifties1“100 prophets and hid them in groups of 50”
139618:5vpi8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismsave the horses and mules alive … not lose all the animals1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “prevent the horses and mules from dying”
139718:6izg5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheAhab went one way by himself and Obadiah went another way1The phrase “by himself” emphasizes that Ahab and Obadiah went in separate directions, not necessarily that no one was with Ahab. Alternate translation: “Ahab lead a team in one direction and Obadiah lead a team in the other direction”
139818:7qz9fmaster Elijah1Here the word “master” is used as a term of respect.
139918:8fu6gGo tell your master, Look, Elijah is here.1Here the word “master” refers to Ahab.
140018:8bil9Look, Elijah1Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Elijah”
140118:9a65prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionHow have I sinned … for him to kill me?1Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahabs anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: “I have not wronged you … for him to kill me.”
140218:9ry4rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymygive your servant into the hand of Ahab1“Hand” is metonymy for power and control. Alternate translation: “deliver your servant to Ahab”
140318:9hmu9your servant1Obadiah refers to himself as Elijahs servant in order to honor Elijah.
140418:10j1smAs Yahweh your God lives1This is an oath used to emphasize that what he is saying is true.
140518:10n7bqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbolethere is no nation or kingdom where my master has not sent men1Here “no nation or kingdom” is an exaggeration that means that men have traveled very far and gone to many places to find Elijah. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “my master has sent men to nations and kingdoms near and far” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
140618:11nlb6Yet now1This phrase is used to emphasize the danger in what Elijah is telling Obadiah to do.
140718:13zrj6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveHas it not been told to you … with bread and water?1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Surely you have been told about what I did … with bread and water!”
140818:13v2vamy master1Here the word “master” is a term of respect used to refer to Elijah.
140918:13u3gerc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersone hundred of Yahwehs prophets by fifties1“100 of Yahwehs prophets in groups of 50”
141018:14h867Go and tell your master that Elijah is here1See how you translated these words in [1 Kings 18:11](../18/11.md).
141118:14sup2your master1Here “master” refers to King Ahab.
141218:15y5q4As Yahweh of hosts lives1This is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
141318:15jrz6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiombefore whom I stand1To “stand before” is an idiom for being in someones presence and ready to serve him. Alternate translation: “whom I serve”
141418:16c9p2told him what Elijah said1Alternate translation: “Obadiah told Ahab what Elijah had told him to say”
141518:17i2jyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionIs it you? You are the one who brings trouble to Israel!1Ahab asks the question for emphasis to be certain about Elijahs identity. Alternate translation: “So here you are. You are the troublemaker of Israel!”
141618:19gz7qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleall Israel1This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141718:19n9nhrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers450 prophets1“four hundred and fifty prophets”
141818:19nzp4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersfour hundred prophets1“400 prophets”
141918:20vwk2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochesent word to … and gathered1“Word” represents Ahabs message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: “sent a message to … and gathered” or “sent a messenger to summon … to gather” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
142018:21v7v9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionHow long will you keep changing your mind?1Elijah asks this question to urge the people to make a decision. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been indecisive for long enough.”
142118:21na5adid not answer him a word1Alternate translation: “did not say anything” or “were silent”
142218:22l1igI, I alone, am left1The word “I” is repeated for emphasis.
142318:22z9imrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers450 men1“four hundred and fifty men”
142418:24fch4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymycall on the name of your god … call on the name of Yahweh1“Name” is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and “calling on” him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: “call to your god … call to Yahweh”
142518:24i2ccall the people answered and said, “This is good.”1Alternate translation: “all the people said, This is a good thing to do.’”
142618:25b41uprepare it1Alternate translation: “make it ready to be sacrificed”
142718:25y7csrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youyou are many people1Here the word “you” is plural.
142818:26rj67They took the bull1Alternate translation: “The prophets of Baal took the bull”
142918:26n37trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe bull that was given to them1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bull that someone gave them”
143018:26gs4drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismBut there was no voice, nor anyone who answered1These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that there was no one to respond to the prayers of the false prophets. The word “voice” represents someone speaking. Alternate translation: “But Baal did not say or do anything” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
143118:27mi46Perhaps he is thinking1Alternate translation: “Maybe he is thinking” or “It could be that he is thinking”
143218:27qb2grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismrelieving himself1This euphemism is a more pleasant way to express a harsh statement. Elijah uses understatement to insult Baal with sarcasm. Alternate translation: “in the bathroom”
143318:27pz9yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivemust be awakened1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must awaken him” or “you must wake him up”
143418:29sx2cthey were still raving1“they continued their wild behavior.” Prophets often acted in ways that seemed unusual or even crazy. In this case they were calling on Baal while dancing, shouting loudly, and cutting themselves with knives.
143518:29d4csof offering of the evening sacrifice1Alternate translation: “to offer the evening sacrifice”
143618:29h5cerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismbut there was no voice or anyone to answer; there was no one who paid any attention to their pleadings1These phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that no one responded to the prayers of the false prophets. Alternate translation: “but Baal did not say or do anything or even pay attention” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
143718:29lpf9there was no voice or anyone to answer1See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:26](../18/26.md).
143818:31n18frc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwelve stones1“12 stones”
143918:32yy3lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyin the name of Yahweh1“Name” here is a metonym for honor and reputation. This could mean: (1) “to honor Yahweh” or (2) “with the authority of Yahweh.”
144018:32gh4ytrench1a small waterway to hold water
144118:32kp7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolumetwo seahs of seeds1A seah is a unit of volume equal to about 7.7 liters. Alternate translation: “about 15 liters of seeds”
144218:33m699rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisHe arranged the wood for a fire1“On the altar” where he placed the wood is assumed in this sentence. Alternate translation: “He put the wood for a fire on the altar”
144318:33sh1grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersfour jars1“4 jars”
144418:33u4fljars1A jar is a container for water.
144518:35v15ztrench1See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:30](../18/30.md).
144618:36xs1mIt happened1This phrase is used here to reference a significant and meaningful time of the day in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
144718:36ajj4Yahweh, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Israel1Here “Israel” is referring to Jacob. God changed Jacobs name to Israel (Genesis 32:28), and God named the nation of Jacobs descendants “Israel.”
144818:36xuh8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivelet it be known this day1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make these people know today”
144918:37url2Hear me … hear me1This phrase is repeated to emphasize the appeal of Elijah to Yahweh.
145018:37dq2urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyturned their heart back again to yourself1The peoples “heart” is a metonym for the affection and loyalty of the people. Alternate translation: “caused them to be loyal to you again”
145118:38wf4athe fire of Yahweh fell1Alternate translation: “the fire of Yahweh came down”
145218:38xyn4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationlicked up1The fire is compared to a thirsty person drinking water.
145318:39z3jqYahweh, he is God! Yahweh, he is God!1This phrase is repeated for emphasis.
145418:41f9b6there is the sound of much rain1Alternate translation: “it sounds like it is going to rain a lot”
145518:42uvi2bowed himself down on the earth and put his face between his knees1This describes a posture used for praying.
145618:43cch7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersseven times1The word “seven” can be rendered as the numeral “7.” Alternate translation: “7 times”
145718:44w1dbas small as a mans hand1From a long distance, the cloud could be covered from sight by a mans hand.
145818:45iv5mIt happened1This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
145918:46y3clrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymythe hand of Yahweh was on Elijah1Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah”
146018:46jqk4tucked his robe in his belt1Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
146119:introabcj0# 1 Kings 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nThe queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
146219:2s2y6So may the gods do to me, and more also1This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things”
146319:2sp3rif I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets1Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets”
146419:3hkc1he arose1Alternate translation: “he stood up”
146519:4nzy9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounshe himself went a days journey1The word “himself” is used to emphasize that he was alone. Alternate translation: “he walked by himself for a day”
146619:4za2urc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownbroom tree1A “broom tree” is a plant that grows in the desert.
146719:4c1v2He requested for himself that he might die1Alternate translation: “He prayed that he would die”
146819:4shx5It is enough, now, Yahweh1Alternate translation: “These troubles are too much for me, Yahweh”
146919:6q2lfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivebread that had been baked on coals1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread that someone had cooked on hot stones”
147019:6hjt1jug of water1Alternate translation: “a container of water”
147119:7ik82will be too much for you1Alternate translation: “will be too difficult for you.”
147219:8j9yvrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbershe traveled in the strength of that food forty days and forty nights1“that food gave him energy to travel for 40 days and 40 nights”
147319:9br24to a cave there1Here the word “there” refers to Mount Horeb. A cave is an opening in a mountainside that leads to a natural room or rooms underground.
147419:9j8iarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe word of Yahweh came to him and said to him, “What1The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to,” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to him. He said, What” or “Yahweh spoke this message to him: What”
147519:9nh7jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionWhat are you doing here, Elijah?1Yahweh asks this question to rebuke Elijah and to remind him of his duty. Alternate translation: “This is not where you should be, Elijah.”
147619:10zg3nI, only I, am left1Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis.
147719:11i185rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomon the mountain before me1“Before me” here is an idiom for standing in front of someone. Alternate translation: “on the mountain in my presence”
147819:13t1l2he wrapped his face in his cloak1“he covered his face with his cloak” A cloak is a long robe, a piece of clothing that covers the whole body.
147919:13ps2eThen a voice came to him1Alternate translation: “Then he heard a voice”
148019:13ht8cWhat are you doing here, Elijah?1See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:9](../19/09.md).
148119:14q17uElijah replied, “I have been very zealous … and they are also trying to take my life.”1See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:10](../19/10.md).
148219:14d39aI, only I, am left1Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis.
148319:16s3y3prophet in your place1Alternate translation: “prophet instead of you”
148419:17be8fIt will happen1This phrase is used to introduce what will happen when Elijah does what Yahweh has told him to do. “What will happen is”
148519:17j4vprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywhoever escapes from the sword of Hazael1“Sword” is metonymy for killing as in battle. Alternate translation: “whomever Hazael does not kill with the sword”
148619:18zix5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsI will leave for myself1Here the words “I” and “myself” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will save from death”
148719:18jyx3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersseven thousand people1“7,000 people”
148819:18n188rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywhose knees have not bent down to Baal, and whose mouths have not kissed him1“Bending down” and “kissing” are metonymies for actions people did to worship idols. They are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “who have not bowed down and kissed Baal” or “who have not worshiped Baal” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
148919:19iy4xrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesShaphat1This is the name of a man.
149019:19ddp6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwelve yoke of oxen1“12 yoke of oxen”
149119:19m3gyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounshe himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke1The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149219:20jye9he said, “Please1The word “he” refers to Elisha.
149319:21s7a5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicithe gave it to the people1Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city.
149420:introabck0# 1 Kings 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Battle\n\nGod had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nThere were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
149520:1i4arrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesBen Hadad1This is the name of a man.
149620:1qfr1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersthirty-two lesser kings1“32 lesser kings”
149720:1ai8jlesser kings1Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people”
149820:4d2xerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomIt is as you say1This is an idiom to express agreement. Alternate translation: “I agree with you”
149920:6xa8stomorrow about this time1Alternate translation: “tomorrow at the same time of day that it is now”
150020:6r8parc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochewhatever pleases their eyes1Here the “eyes” represent the whole person and emphasize them looking at something and desiring it. Alternate translation: “whatever pleases them”
150120:7it6rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyof the land1“The land” represents all the people living there. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel”
150220:7aza4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomtake note and see1“Take note” here is an idiom to observe carefully. Alternate translation: “pay close attention to”
150320:7fk6brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesI have not refused him1This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I have agreed to his demands”
150420:10q6wdMay the gods do so to me and more also1This is an oath with great emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 19:2](../19/02.md).
150520:10b77wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorif even the ashes of Samaria will be enough for all the people who follow me to have a handful each1Ben Hadad is threatening that his army will totally destroy everything in Samaria.
150620:11y7fkrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbsTell Ben Hadad, No one who is just putting on his armor … as if he were taking it off.1This is an expression to give advice. “Putting on armor” is metonymy for getting prepared for battle. “Tell Ben Hadad, Do not boast as if you have already won a battle that you have not yet fought.’” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
150720:13f4spThen behold1The word “behold” alerts us to the sudden appearance of a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
150820:13up43rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionHave you seen this great army?1Yahweh asks this question to emphasize the size and strength of Ben Hadads army. Alternate translation: “Look at this great army.”
150920:13xw3cLook, I will place it into your hand today1The word “Look” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
151020:13ci7brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyplace it into your hand1Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over that army”
151120:14ni9crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisBy whom?1Ahab leaves out the words will you do this Alternate translation: “By whom will you do this?”
151220:15pgh1Ahab mustered the young officers1Alternate translation: “Ahab assembled the young officers”
151320:15ftl5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismall the soldiers, all the army of Israel1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
151420:15w3bdrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersseven thousand1“7,000”
151520:16x62fThey went out1Here the word “They” refers to the Israelite army.
151620:16ta31thirty-two lesser kings1See how you translated this in [1 Kings 20:1](../20/01.md).
151720:17i5p4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveBen Hadad was informed by scouts that he had sent out1This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Scouts that Ben Hadad had sent out informed him”
151820:17ke29scouts1A “scout” is a soldier sent to gather information about the enemy.
151920:18l7k4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisBen Hadad said1It is understood that Ben Hadad is speaking to his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Ben Hadad said to his soldiers”
152020:18hqg6Whether they have … take them1Here “they” and “them” refer to the Israelite army.
152120:19t1j4So the young officers … the army followed1Alternate translation: “The young Israelite officers … the Israelite army followed”
152220:20e1jkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheIsrael pursued them1“Israel” is synecdoche for all the soldiers of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “the men of the army of Israel pursued them”
152320:21k7xirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochethe king of Israel went out and attacked1“The king” is synecdoche for the king and all the soldiers serving under him. Alternate translation: “The king of Israel and his soldiers went out and attacked”
152420:22b52irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymystrengthen yourself1“Yourself” represents by metonymy the army of the king. Alternate translation: “strengthen your forces”
152520:22g9f7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletunderstand and plan1These two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “determine”
152620:22u4juat the return of the year1This could mean: (1) “in the springtime of next year” or (2) “at this time next year.”
152720:23kn8erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusivelet us fight … we will be stronger1The words “us” and “we” refer to the servants, the king, and the army all together.
152820:24alj2Remove all the kings from their positions of authority1Alternate translation: “You must remove the thirty-two kings who are leading your troops”
152920:26ewh9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAphek1This is the name of a city.
153020:26h5flrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheto fight against Israel1“Israel” represents the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “to fight against the army of Israel”
153120:27v3ffrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveThe people of Israel were mustered and supplied1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army also gathered together, and the commanders gave the arms that they needed for the battle”
153220:27jkv8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-similelike two little flocks of goats1This simile compares the Israelite army to two little flocks of goats. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army appeared to be small and weak like two flocks of goats”
153320:28xgs1a man of God1This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “a prophet”
153420:28xcf5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyplace this great army into your hand1Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over this great army”
153520:29cwx6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersseven days1“7 days”
153620:29g5mmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers100,0001“one hundred thousand”
153720:29n4tufootmen1A “footman” is a soldier who marches on foot.
153820:30y5lerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisThe rest fled to Aphek1The expression “the rest” assumes the words “of the Aramean soldiers.” Alternate translation: “The rest of the Aramean soldiers”
153920:30b7gvrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesAphek1This is the name of a town.
154020:30wi1irc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwenty-seven thousand1“27,000”
154120:31z4q2Look now1This emphasizes what they will say. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what we are about to tell you”
154220:31gwi2put sackcloth around our waists and ropes around our heads1This was a sign of surrender.
154320:32b34frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionIs he still alive?1Ahab asks this question to express surprise. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that he is still alive!”
154420:32ch6mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorHe is my brother1“My brother” here is a metaphor for somebody who is a good friend. Alternate translation: “He is like a brother to me” or “He is like family”
154520:33y94aNow the men1The word “Now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
154620:33e1y4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor any sign from Ahab1“Sign” is metonymy for an action that gives a meaning. Alternate translation: “for any action from Ahab that would show them that Ahab wanted to be merciful”
154720:35d6wpone of the sons of the prophets1Alternate translation: “a member of the group of prophets”
154820:35pr9ythe word of Yahweh1Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahwehs message”
154920:36dy4nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyyou have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh1“The voice” is metonymy for what Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed Yahweh”
155020:39s9r6Your servant went out1The prophet refers to himself in the third person as a sign of respect to the king.
155120:39cn8zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiominto the heat of the battle1“Heat of the battle” here is an idiom to express the most intense and fierce fighting. Alternate translation: “to where the battle was most intense”
155220:39t89kyour life will be given for his life1Alternate translation: “you will die in his place”
155320:39n9m5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweighta talent of silver1A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms of silver”
155420:40q6dsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomgoing here and there1This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that”
155520:42f7ygrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymylet go from your hand1Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of”
155620:42m59lyour life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people1Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people”
155721:introabcl0# 1 Kings 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nGod hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboths vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahabs wife, told the civic leaders of Naboths town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboths vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
155821:1j692rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventNow some time later1This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later”
155921:1d4gfrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesNaboth the Jezreelite1This is the name of a man from Jezreel.
156021:1pe6grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheking of Samaria1“Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel”
156121:3p9pbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitMay Yahweh forbid that I should give1This phrase is an oath that emphasizes that what follows will not happen. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh forbids it, I will never give”
156221:3sg9urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorgive the inheritance of my ancestors to you1The land that his ancestors received as a permanent possession is spoken of as if it were an inheritance. Alternate translation: “give to you the land that my ancestors received as an inheritance”
156321:5ib4erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheWhy is your heart so sad1Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you so sad”
156421:7k6fdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionDo you not still rule the kingdom of Israel?1Jezebel uses this negative rhetorical question to rebuke Ahab. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You still rule the kingdom of Israel!”
156521:7u9rkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdochelet your heart be happy1Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “be happy” or “cheer up”
156621:8m5eyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywrote letters in Ahabs name1This could mean: (1) she wrote Ahabs name on the letters. Alternate translation: “wrote letters and signed them with Ahabs name” or (2) the word “name” is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “wrote letters on behalf of Ahab”
156721:8ltl3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjthe wealthy who sat with him1The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who sat with Naboth”
156821:9p5n4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorseat Naboth above the people1Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. Alternate translation: “have Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people”
156921:10l62blet them testify against him1Alternate translation: “have them accuse him”
157021:11c93grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjthe wealthy who lived in Naboths city1The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who lived in Naboths city”
157121:11r1kvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveas was written in the letters1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as she had written in the letters”
157221:12c24drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorseated Naboth above the people1Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “had Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people”
157321:13xj2ksat before Naboth1Alternate translation: “sat in front of Naboth”
157421:13zia2they carried him out1Here the word “they” refers to the people of the city.
157521:14cm8qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveNaboth has been stoned and is dead1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have stoned Naboth and he is dead”
157621:15bnj9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethat Naboth had been stoned and was dead1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people had stoned Naboth and he was dead”
157721:15m7brrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletNaboth is not alive, but dead.1These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize Jezebels statement. Alternate translation: “Naboth is dead!”
157821:17t1mbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe word of Yahweh came1This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke”
157921:19rh87rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionHave you killed and also taken possession?1Yahweh asks this question to scold Ahab. Alternate translation: “You have killed Naboth and stolen his vineyard!”
158021:19w2qzyour blood, yes, your blood1This is repeated for emphasis.
158121:20lpq5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionHave you found me, my enemy?1Ahab uses this question to express anger toward Elijah. That Elijah “found” Ahab likely refers to Elijah discovering Ahabs actions, not to finding his physical location. Alternate translation: “You have found me, my enemy!” or “You have discovered what I have done, my enemy!” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
158221:20sx2zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphoryou have sold yourself to do what is evil1A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. Alternate translation: “you have dedicated yourself to doing what is evil”
158321:20wi8jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat is evil in the sight of Yahweh1The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someones opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
158421:21f2w5See1Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
158521:21clc4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorcompletely consume and cut off from you every male child and slave and free man in Israel1Yahweh speaks of destroying Ahabs family and preventing him from having any decedents as if he were consuming these people like a fire would consume them, and cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel, whether slave or free”
158621:22d8kbI will make your family like the family of Jeroboam … and like the family of Baasha1Yahweh will destroy Ahabs family like he destroyed the families of Jeroboam and Baasha.
158721:24rcg1Anyone who belongs to Ahab1Alternate translation: “Anyone who belongs to Ahabs family”
158821:25m85zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwho sold himself to do what was evil1A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:20](../21/20.md). Alternate translation: “who dedicated himself to doing what was evil”
158921:25rh8urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someones opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
159021:26cz5wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitremoved before the people of Israel1Here “Israel” refers to all twelve tribes of Israel and not just to the northern kingdom. Alternate translation: “removed from the presence of the people of Israel” or “drove out of the land before the people of Israel”
159121:28lq1trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomthe word of Yahweh came1This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke”
159221:29hf8krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionDo you see how Ahab humbles himself before me?1God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahabs sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.”
159321:29cf9jin his days … in his sons day1Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his sons lifetime”
159422:introabcm0# 1 Kings 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahabs death and the dogs licking his blood.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nWhen God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahabs false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”\nAt the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiahs reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
159522:1hhf8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersThree years1“3 years”
159622:2d41eit came about that1This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
159722:3nn96rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionDo you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram?1Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.”
159822:3dn17rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyto take it from the hand of the king of Aram1Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “to take it from the control of the king of Aram”
159922:4wr99rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomI am like you, my people are like your people, and my horses are like your horses1Jehoshaphat tells Ahab that he, his people, and his horses belong to Ahab, meaning that Ahab can command them as he pleases. Alternate translation: “I, my soldiers, and my horses are yours to use in any way you want”
160022:6jtc3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersfour hundred men1“400 men”
160122:6z1lrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyfor the Lord will give it into the hand of the king1Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “for the Lord will allow the king to capture Ramoth Gilead”
160222:8ryn8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personMay the king not say that1Jehoshaphat refers to Ahab in the third person to show respect for him. Alternate translation: “You should not say that”
160322:11q3wpmade himself horns of iron1Alternate translation: “made iron horns for himself”
160422:11z3iyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionWith these you will push the Arameans until they are consumed1The prophets actions are a symbolic metaphor that illustrates the way that Ahab would defeat the Arameans. Ahabs army will win with great strength, as a bull attacks another animal. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
160522:11lyv3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphoruntil they are consumed1Destroying an enemy army is spoken of as if it were consuming them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you consume them” or “until you destroy them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
160622:12yq7hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymygiven it into the hand of the king1Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “allowed the king to capture it”
160722:13n4rnNow look1Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
160822:13p99wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorthe words of the prophets declare good things to the king with one mouth1The prophets all saying the same thing is spoken of as if they all spoke with the same mouth. Alternate translation: “the prophets all declare the same good things to the king”
160922:13mzz9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitlet your word be like one of them1Here the word “them” refers to “the words of the prophets.” Alternate translation: “let what you say agree with what they have said”
161022:15f1wdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveshould we go1The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah.
161122:15qtv9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymywill give it into the hand of the king1Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “will allow the king to capture it”
161222:16pk5trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionHow many times must I require … in the name of Yahweh?1Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required … in the name of Yahweh.”
161322:16mg9prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyin the name of Yahweh1Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “as the representative of Yahweh”
161422:17c1dirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheI saw all Israel1Here “all Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “I saw the entire army of Israel”
161522:17wa5prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-similelike sheep who have no shepherd1The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died.
161622:17ql8mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorThese have no shepherd1Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: “These people no longer have a leader”
161722:18h4murc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionDid I not tell you … but only disaster?1Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you … but only disaster!”
161822:20q5jsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorfall at Ramoth Gilead1Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
161922:20zk2gOne of them said … and another one said1“One … and another” refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahwehs question in the previous verse.
162022:22q6fyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymybe a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets1Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies”
162122:23i9wwsee1Alternate translation: “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
162222:23ty8prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyhas put a lying spirit in the mouth of all these prophets of yours1Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused all of your prophets to speak lies”
162322:24d3plrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionWhich way did the Spirit of Yahweh take to go from me to speak to you?1Zedekiah asks this sarcastic question to insult and rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Do not think that Yahwehs Spirit left me to speak to you!”
162422:25v6m5Look1Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
162522:25y5wfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicityou will see1“you will know the answer to your question.” If Zedekiahs rhetorical question is translated as a statement, this phrase may be translated to supply implicit information. Alternate translation: “you will know that the Spirit of Yahweh has spoken to me”
162622:28jk7jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoIf you return safely1This describes something that would not happen. Yahweh had already told Micaiah that the king would not return safely.
162722:29riq8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheAhab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, went up1Here the kings represent themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: “Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah led their armies up”
162822:30r8evdisguise1This means to change the usual appearance so as not to be identified.
162922:31whp5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersthirty-two captains1“32 captains”
163022:31faj9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismDo not attack unimportant or important soldiers1By mentioning both “unimportant” and “important soldiers,” the king meant all soldiers. Alternate translation: “Do not attack any of the soldiers”
163122:32bl44It came about that1This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
163222:34zl68drew his bow at random1This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
163322:35yt1grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe king was held up in his chariot1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king up in his chariot”
163422:36q7gsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymya cry went up1Here “a cry” represents the soldiers who were shouting. Alternate translation: “soldiers began to shout”
163522:36n2prrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismEvery man should go back to his city; and every man should go back to his region1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
163622:37kt8trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewas brought to Samaria1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his soldiers brought his body to Samaria”
163722:37g7u2they buried him1Alternate translation: “people buried him”
163822:38hl13rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyjust as the word of Yahweh had declared1Here “the word of Yahweh” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had declared”
163922:39wgg6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?1This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
164022:40qin8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorslept with his ancestors1Ahab dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
164122:42da6src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersthirty-five years old1“35 years old”
164222:42b42yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numberstwenty-five years1“25 years”
164322:43v7yerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorHe walked in the ways of Asa, his father1A persons behavior is spoken of as if that person walked along a path. Alternate translation: “He did the same things that Asa, his father, had done”
164422:43k4jerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was right in the eyes of Yahweh1Here “eyes” represents seeing and Yahwehs opinion is spoken of as if he were able to see something. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be right”
164522:43ru9src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe high places were not taken away1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he did not take away the high places”
164622:45e4afrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveare they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?1This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
164722:48m82hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivethe ships were wrecked1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ships wrecked”
164822:50l7pfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorslept with his ancestors1Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
164922:50xx4mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassivewas buried with them1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
165022:51kle7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbershe reigned two years1“he reigned 2 years”
165122:52t21src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwhat was evil in the sight of Yahweh1Yahwehs opinion regarding something is spoken of as if Yahweh were seeing that thing. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil”
165222:52l67zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorwalked in the way of his father, in the way of his mother, and in the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat1A persons behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father, mother, and Jeroboam son of Nebat had done”
165322:52r34uled Israel to sin1Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes that made up the kingdom of Israel.
165422:53als8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletHe served Baal and worshiped him1The words “served” and “worshiped” mean basically the same thing.
165522:53j7lmthe God of Israel1Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.